!!:'i  iSilH  i!    n 


TUFTS   UNIVERSITY    LIBRARIES 


3  9090  014   531    368 


Webster  Famiiv  Library  of  Veterinary  Medicine. 


VETERINARY  SURGERY 

Bv  Louis  A.  Merillat,  V.  S. 
Volume  I 


ANIMAL  DENTLSTRY  AND  DISEASES  OF 
THE  MOUTH 


VETERINARY  SURGERY 

By  LOUIS  A.   MERILLAT,  V.   S. 


Volume  I 
ANIMAL  DENTLSTRY  AND  DISEASES  OF  THE  MOUTH 


Volume  H 
THE  PRINCH'LES  OF  VETERINARY  SURGERY 


VOLUM3  HI 


VETERINARY  SURGICAL  OPERATIONS 


lDetcrinar\>  ©uroeri^ 

Voi-UME    I. 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY 


AND 


DISEASES  OF  THE   MOUTH 


\  BY 

Louis  A.   Merillat^   V.  S. 

PROFESSOR   OF   VETERINARY   SURGERY    IN   THE  CHICAGO  VETERINARY   COLLEGE  ;    LATE    SECRE- 
TARY    AND    PROFESSOR   OF  DENTISTRY  IN   THE   MKILLIP   VETERINARY  COLLEGE  :   LATE 
PRESIDENT  OF  THE  CHICAGO  VETERINARY  SOCIETY  ;   SECRETARY   OF    THE   ASSO- 
CIATION    OF     VETERINARY     FACULTIES     AND     EXAMINING     BOARDS     OF 
NORTH    AMERICA  ;     MEMBER    OF    THE    AMERICAN    VETERINARY 
MEDICAL    ASSOCIATION;      MEMBER     OF      THE      ILLINOIS 
STATE     VETERINARY     MEDICAL    SOCIETY,     ETC. 


Ifllustratc^ 


CHICAGO: 

ALEXANDER    EGE: 
1908 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1905,  by 

ALEXANDER  EGER 
aD  ♦he  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress  at  Washington. 


Daniels  Company  Press, 
Chicago 


To  Mr.  MYRON  H.  TICHENOR  and  Mr.  LOUIS  M.  NEWCAS,  of 
Chicago,  U.  S.  A.,  for  their  appreciation  of  the  varw^  ^.i  animal 
dentistry  on  valuable  coach  and  saddle  horses,  this  volume  is  re- 
spectfully dedicated   by 

The  Author. 


PREFACE. 

The  domain  of  animal  dentistry  is  too  limited  to  fill  a 
large  volume  without  entering  into  the  details  of  embryol- 
ogy, anatomy  and  physiology,  and  since  these  sciences  are 
today  ably  covered  by  v/riters  possessing  special  merit  in 
each,  it  would  appear  ridiculous  for  a  veterinary  practitioner 
to  "venture  where  angels  fear  to  tread."  A  comprehensive 
understanding  of  the  teeth  in  their  normal  state  at  the  dif- 
ferent periods  of  life,  as  a  foundation  for  the  intelligent  treat- 
ment of  their  abnormalities  is,  however,  so  essential  that  it 
has  been  thought  advisable  to  include  an  epitome  of  these 
sciences  so  far  as  they  appertain  to  the  teeth. 

This  Volume,  with  Volumes  II  and  III,  is  written  at  the 
earnest  solicitation  of  the  students  I  have  had  the  privilege 
of  teaching  during  the  past  twelve  years,  which  circumstance 
is  the  only  excuse  for  its  publication.  The  fact  that  animal 
dentistry  is  given  but  limited  space  in  the  surgical  litera- 
ture of  the  profession  has  not  entered  into  the  proposition, 
because  the  task  of  writing  books  belongs  to  those  having 
the  time  and  inclination  to  ponder  leisurely  over  each  single 
topic,  and  not  to  the  busy  practitioner,  whose  few  idle 
moments  are  usually  interrupted  by  "a  call  to  action." 

It  has  been  the  aim  to  cover  the  subject  in  a  matter-of- 
fact  manner,  excluding  all  obscure,  rare  and  imaginary  con- 
ditions and  including  all  the  conditions  encountered  in  the 
routine  of  practice.  For  compiling  the  index  and  for  the 
illustrations,  which  are  made  from  copies  and  original  draw- 


^  PREFACE. 

inj^s.  I  am  particularly  indebted  to  Mr.  .\le.\.  Ki;er.  I  have 
also  to  thank  my  friend,  Dr.  \\'.  L.  Williams.  Professor  of 
Surgery  in  the  New  York  State  Veterinary  College,  for  his 
valuable  suggestions  as  to  the  origin  of  teratoniata  of  the 
mastoid  region,  and  my  brother  Professor,  Edw.  Alerillat, 
for  his  many  original  ideas  which  are  entered  throughout 
the  text  with  but  a  single  credit,  viz.,  the  operation  for  clos- 
ing skull  perforations. 

With  a  full  knowledge  that  the  manuscript  would  crum- 
ble from  the  assault  of  a  literary  critic,  I  forthwith  apologize 
to  the  censors  of  English  veterinary  literature. 

L.  A.  AlERILLAT. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

Preface ix 

Introduction 13 

Chapter  I 18-43 

Nomenclature  of  Teeth 18 

Divisions  of  a  Tooth 19 

Structures  of  the  Teeth 20 

Chapter  II 44-67 

Evolution  of  the  Teeth 44 

Embryonic  Evolution , 44 

Evolution  of  the  Temporary  Teeth 49 

Evolution  of  the  Permanent  Teeth 58 

Chapter  III , 68-126 

Retrogression  of  the  Temporary  Teeth 68 

Retrogression  of  the  Permanent  Teeth 68 

Determination  of  Age 74 

Routine  of  Examination  of  a  Horse's  Mouth  to  Determine  Age 113 

Anomalies  of  the  Teeth,  Natural  and  Artificial 117 

Chapter  IV 127-132 

Function  of  the  Teeth 127 

Chapter  V 133-151 

Dental  Diagnosis 133 

Dental  Instruments — Their  Uses 135 

Restraint 148 

Chapter  VI 152-256 

Diseases  and  Irregularities  of  the  Teeth 152 

Necrosis  of  the  Teeth  of  Herbivora 152 

Caries 172 

Abnormal  Eruptions  of  the  Teeth 175 

Dental   Cysts 177 

Odontomata 178 

Brachygnathism 179 

Prognathism  181 

Parvignathism  182 

Projections  on  First  Superior  and  Sixth  Inferior  Molars 184 

Projections  on  the  Superior  Corners 185 

Acquired  Elongations  of  the  Molars 185 

Enamel    Points 187 

Wolf  Teeth 202 


xii  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Supernumerary  Teeth 204 

Elongation  of  Incisors 207 

Erosion  of  Enamel 208 

Tartar 208 

Fracture  of  the  Teeth 209 

Splitting  of  the  Molars 209 

Foreign  Bodies  in  the  Mouth 210 

Fracture  of  the  Inferior  Maxilla 211 

Fractures  of  the  Pre-Maxilla  and  Superior  Maxilla 213 

Dislocation  of  the  Temporo-Maxillary  Articulation 213 

Bit  Gnathitis 214 

Osteomata  of  the  Superior  Maxilla 216 

Carcinomata  of  the  Palate 217 

Sarcomata  of  the  Mouth 217 

Actinomycosis 218 

Dental  Teratomata 222 

Dental  Fistulae  224 

Traumatic  Stomatitis 226 

Stomatitis — Infectious 227 

Ulcerative  Gingivitis  of  Dogs 229 

Retention    Cysts 230 

Lampas 230 

Secondary  Chronic  Nasal  Catarrh 231 

Chronic  Perforation  of  the  Skull 236 

Application  of  Gutta  Percha  Plugs 238 

Cribbing  and  Wind-Sucking 239 

Habitual  Ptyalism 241 

Side-Reining 242 

Habitual  Protrusion  of  the  Tongue 244 

Bit  Lugging 245 

Facial  Paralysis 248 

Lacerations  of  the  Lips 249 

Ranula 250 

Foreign  Bodies  in  the  Tongue 250 

Frost  Bites,  Laceration  of    the  Cheeks  and  Tumors  of  Lips  and 

Cheeks 251 

Laceration  and  Inflammation  of  Tongue 252 

Aberrations  of  the  Function  of  Mastication 253 


INTRODUCTION. 

Dentistry  is  the  art  of  repairing  the  teeth  or  improving 
their  utiHty.  Human  dentistry  embraces  the  art  of  supply- 
ing artificial  substitutes  for  the  teeth  when  the  original  ones 
are  lost,  while  animal  dentistr}-  includes  the  therapeutics  of 
the  secondary  pathological  processes  and  lesions  in  the 
mouth  and  nasal  cavities,  caused  by  the  teeth.  It  is,  however, 
essentially  a  mechanical  rather  than  a  surgical  departure, 
and  a  preventive  rather  than  a  curative  effort.  Its  province 
ends  with  the  teeth  and  their  immediate  environs.  Dis- 
orders of  the  digestion  or  impairment  of  the  general  health, 
although  directly  traceable  to  the  teeth,  cannot  be  included 
within  the  domain  of  dentistry.  The  principal  ol)ject  of 
dentistry  is  to  promote  the  general  health  by  improving  the 
mastication  and  by  relieving  pain.  It  also  aims  at  the  pre- 
servation of  the  juvenile  appearance,  to  which  the  animal 
dentist  adds  the  amelioration  of  the  driving  defects  of 
horses. 

Human  dentistr}^  owes  its  existence  to  a  single  disease 
process,  caries,  while  animal  dentistry  depends  upon  a  single 
physical  defect,  enamel  points.  Without  these  two  abnor- 
malities dentistry  wouhl  never  have  existed  as  an  advanced 
art ;  no*^  because  there  are  no  other  serious  abnormalities 
within  the  domain  of  dentistry,  Init  because  other  abnormali- 
ties are  infrequent.  Few  mature  human  beings  escape  caries, 
and  few  mature  herbivora  escape  enamel  points.  Hence  the 
wide  requirement  for  dental  operations  in  the  human  family, 
and  in  the  chief  domestic  animal — the  horse.  As  the  extrac- 
tion, replacement  and  repair  of  the  decayed  tooth  is  the  chief 
occupation  of  the  human  dentist,  so  is  cutting  and  floating 

13 


14  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 

enamel  jioints  the  j)i'incipal  work  of  the  animal  dentist.  No 
student  of  zoology  will  deny  that  the  domestic  herbivora, 
especially  the  horse,  suffers  from  frightful  physical  defects 
that  are  inimical  to  their  o-eneral  health  and  usefulness.  The 
other  defects  and  diseases,  although  frequently  of  s'erious 
import,  demand  only  a  small  share  of  the  animal  dentist's 
attention  because  they  are  relatively  rare.  The  porcine, 
ovine,  and  l)Ovine  species  do  not  suffer  to  the  same  extent 
as  the  domestic  horse  on  account  of  their  different  occupa- 
tion and  short  life.  Except  for  breeding  purposes  these 
genera  seldom  live  beyond  their  maturity,  and  even  then 
they  are  not  submitted  to  the  same  artificial  influences  as  the 
horse.  In  the  canine  and  feline  species  the  anatomical  con- 
stitution of  the  teeth  prevents  projecting  defects  and  their 
short  life  precludes  caries,  so  here  again  the  animal  dentist 
meets  only  an  occasional  condition  demanding  attention. 
It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  animal  dentistry  naturally  cen- 
ters upon  the  horse,  the  commercial  value  of  which  depends 
as  much  upon  its  utility  as  upon  its  general  appearance. 
And  again,  mastication  and  insalivation  are  two  essential 
digestive  processes  in  herbivora,  and  of  more  relative  impor- 
tance than  in  carnivora  and  or.uiivora.  The  coarse  amy- 
laceous food  of  herbivora,  especially  the  non-ruminating  her- 
bivora, requires  immediate  and  perfect  comminution  and 
incorporation  with  saliva  to  insure  perfect  gastric  digestion 
and  subsequent  absorption,  while  the  artificially  prepared 
food  of  man  may  without  special  detriment  be  passed  di- 
rectly to  the  stomach  with  but  little  mastication.  The  same 
may  be  said  of  the  dog,  the  cat  and  the  hog,  all  of  which 
consume  their  food  -vvithout  a  semblance  of  persistent  mas- 
tication. 

Then  again,  animal  dentistry  must  respect  the  horse's 
mouth  as  the  "seat  of  the  l)it"  as  well  as  the  mechanism  of 
mastication.    The  manner  in  which  the  horse  accepts  the  bit 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  X5 

must  always  be  a  determining  factor  in  its  value.  The 
dental  defects  which  irritate  or  wound  the  buccal  surfaces 
under  the  pressure  of  the  complicated  riggings  of  harness 
and  saddle  horses  constitute  an  important  feature  of  animal 
dentistry. 

A  summary  of  the  exact  scope  of  animal  dentistry  is  as 
follows : 

1st.  The  cutting  and  floating  of  the  enamel  points  of  the 
horse  and  ox. 

2nd.  The  removal  of  projections  which  prevent  perfect 
apposition  of  the  dental  arcades  of  the  horse,  ox  and  hog. 

3rd,  The  treatment  of  secondary  nasal  catarrh  resulting 
from  diseased  teeth. 

4th.     The  extraction  of  all  diseased  teeth  of  all  animals. 

5th.  The  removal  of  tumors  related  to  the  teeth,  in  all 
animals. 

6th.  The  treatment  of  stomatitis  caused  by  the  bit  or  by 
dental  projections. 

7th.  The  amelioration  of  driving  defects  resulting  from 
dental  irregularities  in  the  horse. 

8th.  The  treatment  of  faulty  eruptions  of  the  perma- 
nent or  temporary  dentures  in  the  dog,  the  horse,  the  ox  and 
the  cat. 

9th.  Improving  the  appearance  of  the  incisors  of  the 
horse. 

When  dentistry  in  animals  is  more  generally  recognized 
as  an  important  if  not  essential  feature  of  animal  therapeu- 
tics, and  when  dental  operations  by  reason  of  greater  skill 
are  made  easier,  the  veterinarian  will  then  treat  the  art  of 
dentistry  with  the  same  dignity  as  the  other  branches  of 
surgery.  One  object  of  this  volume  is  to  popularize  the  art 
of  animal  dentistry  by  describing  easy  methods  of  perform- 
ing dental  operations ;  by  drawing  attention  to  the  value  and 
necessity  of  dentistry,  and  by  pointing  out  the  advisability 


16  ANIMAL  DEXTISTRV. 

of  sacredly  ijnardinc;-  dentistry  from  becominj:^  obsolete  in 
the  veterinary  profession,  and  from  passinc^  to  the  willing 
specialist,  who,  through  deficient  fundamental  technical  edu- 
cation cannot  keep  pace  with  the  advancement  continually 
being  made  in  the  other  branches  of  veterinary  surgery. 
Animal  dentistry  is  unpopular,  not  so  much  because  it  is 
difficult,  tedious  and  even  dangerous,  Imt  because  it  is  re- 
garded as  of  minor  importance  in  the  veterinary  colleges 
and  by  the  better  class  of  veterinary  practitioners,  who  will- 
ingly stigmatize  animal  dentistry  as  an  unimportant  "side 
issue"  by  relegating  dental  operations  to  the  student,  the 
assistant,  the  stable-helper,  the  horse-shoer  or  the  horse- 
dentist. 

Only  a  few  years  ago,  at  the  urgent  rec|uest  of  a  suffering 
patient,  the  family  physician  would  condescend  to  pull  an 
aching  tooth,  but  he  was  never  specially  provoked  if  such  a 
patient  had  consulted  the  watchmaker  or  the  locksmith,  who 
in  many  localities  had  earned  enviable  reputations  as  expert 
tooth-pullers,  and  who  finally  became  the  first  recruits  in  the 
new  i)rofession  of  human  dentistry.  The  duty  of  the  veteri- 
narian of  today  toward  the  tooth-rasping  horse-shoer  or  the 
professional  horse-dentist  1)ears  a  striking  resemblance  to 
the  relations  between  the  physician  and  tooth-pulling  lock- 
smith of  a  few  years  ago.  The  able  physician  in  those  davs 
willingly  consigned  the  tooth-ache  patient  to  the  locksmith, 
or  the  barber,  or  the  watchmaker,  l)ecause  dental  operations 
were  then  considered  as  an  unimportant  "side  issue,"  rather 
beneath  the  dignity  of  the  learned  therapeutist.  But,  in 
spite  of  this  apathy,  dentistry  asserted  its  importance  and 
soon  became  a  part  of  the  curriculum  of  the  foremost  uni- 
versities of  the  world. 

This  is  precisely  the  status  of  animal  dcntistrv  today. 
The  veterinarian  consigns  dental  operations  to  others,  be- 
cause it  is  rather  beneath  the  dignity  of  the  learned  veteri- 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY.  I7 

narian  to  float  the  teeth  of  horses:  not  because  it  is  difficult, 
tedious  or  dangerous,  but  because  animal  dentistry  is  re- 
garded as  a  trifling  accomplishment  that  the  uneducated  can 
master.  The  intimate  relation  of  the  condition  of  the  teeth 
to  the  general  health  is  becoming  more  and  more  recognized, 
and  when  the  value  and  importance  of  veterinary  dentistry  is 
universally  recognized  l)y  the  veterinary  profession  and  lay 
public,  and  when  it  becomes  more  generally  admitted  on  all 
sides  that  the  veterinary  patient  receives  the  same  relative 
benefits  from  dental  operations  as  the  human  subject,  animal 
dentistry  will  then  take  its  place  among  the  useful  branches 
of  veterinary  science.  The  limited  number  of  patients  will 
probably  always  prevent  the  evolution  of  animal  dentistrv 
into  a  special  profession.  The  veterinarian  will,  therefore, 
be  required  to  perfect  himself  in  the  practice  of  this  art. 

There  were  tv/o  potent  factors  concerned  in  the  evolu- 
tion of  human  dentistry — the  college  and  the  practitioner. 
The  same  influences  are  essential  to  the  healthy  evolution  of 
animal  dentistry.  The  college  must  devote  more  time  to 
the  art  and  the  practitioner  must  become  more  proficient, 
even  though  the  increasing  importance  of  animal  dentistry 
cannot  be  met  by  the  birth  of  a  new  profession.  The  subject 
deserves  to  be  brought  out  more  prominently  in  the  litera- 
ture on  surgical  subjects,  in  order  to  foster  and  maintain  its 
sesqui-special  relations  to  veterinar}^  surgery  as  a  whole. 


CPiAPTER  I. 

NOMENCLATURE  OF  THE  TEETH. 

The  teeth  are  called.  Incisors,  Canines,  or  Molars,  ac- 
cording to  their  location,  form  and  function;  they  are  supe- 
rior or  inferior  according-  to  the  jaw  into  which  they  are  im- 
planted; and  right  or  left  according  to  the  side  of  the  n^icdian 
line  of  the  body  they  occnpy.  The  incisors,  naming  from  the 
median  line  outward,  are  called  centrals,  laterals  and  cor- 
ners.    The   molars  are  numbered,   ist,   2nd,  3rd,  etc.,  from 


Fk;.   I. 
Complete  Denture  of  a  Horse. 

1.  The  Canine  denture. 

2.  Incisor  denture. 

3.  Molar  denture. 

before  b-ackward.  The  sul)division  of  the  molars  int(~) 
molars  and  n^.ola.rs  is  useless  in  the  herbivora,  as  thcv 
sess  no  distinguishing  characteristics  that  woitld  wai 
such  classihcation.  and  in  the  other  animals  the  subdi\- 
is  more  confusing  than  instructive. 

Each  tooth  in  the  head  n^.ay  then  be  identified  by  r 

18 


prc- 
pos- 
•rant 
ision 

(ifer- 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  19 

ring  to  it  as  the  "right-first-superior  molar,"  the  "left- 
fourth-siiperior  molar,"  the  'Meft-infcrior-lateral,"  or  the 
"left-inferior  canine."  etc.,  throughout  the  dental  arcades. 

DIVISIONS  OF  A  TOOTH. 

Anatomically  a  tooth  is  divided  into  the  crown,  neck, 
fang,  roots,  table,  infundibulum  and  cup.  The  crown  refers  to 
the  projecting  portion,  or  in  other  words  that  part  of  a  nor- 
mal tooth  that  is  visible.  The  neck  is  the  part  covered  with 
gums,  or  the  part  between  the  crown  and  alveolar  margin. 
The  fang  is  the  imbedded  portion  or  the  part  between  the  al- 
veolar margin  and  the  projecting  roots.  The  roots  are  the 
small  projections  at  the  imbedded  extremity  of  the  fang. 
The  table  refers  to  the  grinding  or  contact  surface.  The 
infundibulum  is  the  cavity  on  the  table  produced  by  the  in- 
folding of  the  enamel,  while  the  cup  refers  to  the  unfilled 
portion  of  the  infundibula  of  the  incisors. 

The  surfaces  of  the  teeth  are  frequently  referred  to  as  the 
"buccal  surface,"  the  "labial  surface,"  or  the  "lingual  sur- 
face." In  the  case  of  the  molars  the  buccal  surface  is  the 
external  and  the  lingual,  the  internal,  while  in  the  incisors  the 
lingual  refers  to  the  posterior  surface,  and  the  labial  to  the 
anterior. 

Other  names  frequently  used  in  the  study  of  dentistry  are 
"alveolar  margin,"  referring  to  the  outer  border  of  the  alveo- 
lar cavity;  the  "gingival  margin,"  which  refers  to  the  outer 
border  of  the  gums,  and  "contact  margin,"  which  implies 
the  cutting  Ijorder  of  a  tooth  such  as  an  incisor  of  carnivora. 

STRUCTURES  OF  THE  TEETH. 

A  tooth  is  composed  of  hard  and  soft  tissues,  of  which 
the  former  predominates  in  volume  and  importance.  The 
hard  tissues  comprise  a  body  of  dentine,  capped  with  enamel. 


20 


ANIMAL    DlCXTIS'lkV. 


aiid  encrusted  over  the  rcmainiiif^  portion  witli  crusta  pe- 
trosa,  or  cement.  Tlie  soft  structures  are  the  pulp,  which 
occupies  a  cavity  within  the  1)ody  of  the  tooth,  the  aveolo- 
dental  periosteum  which  surrounds  tlie  external  surface  of 
the  fano-,  the  .churns  or  gingivae,  which  cover  the  neck,  the 
blood  vessels  which  supply  its  nutrition,  and  the  nerves 
whicli  furnish  its  sensil)ility  and  tactile  sense. 

DENTINE. 
The  dentine  is  a  hard,  yel]o\\-ish,  sensitive  substance  con- 


"f'j 

mm,'/ 


'iHiriilh'l  iM„lllul!.illlUI|ht|!,;l||((||K|||| 

Fig.  ta. 

Enamel   and  Dentine  as  .Arranged  at 
the   Crown. 

1.  F.naniel. 

2.  Spaces  of  Czcrmak. 

3.  T'cntiiK?. 

(Magnified.) 


Fig.  2. 
Dentinal   Tnlndes.   Ma'Jjnified. 


stitutino-  the  major  ])ortion  of  the  tooth's  volume.  It  ex- 
tends from  the  j)ulp  cavity  within  to  the  enamel  and  crusta 
petrosa  without.  Chcnu'cally  it  shows  the  followiu"-  compo- 
sition : 

Carbonate  of  lime 7-97 

Phosphate  of  lime ^^'7-54 

Phosphate  of  magnesia 2.49 

Fluoride  of  lime   a  trace 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY.  21 

Fats    58 

Cartilage    20.42 

Soluble   salts    i. 

Microscopically  it  reveals  a  homogeneous  substance  per- 
forated throughout  with  small  canals  (the  dentinal  tubules) 
which  anastomose  freely  with  each  other  and  extend  out- 
ward from  the  pulp  cavity  to  the  surface  where  they  termi- 
nate in  large  lacunae  (the  spaces  of  Czermak),  which  in 
turn  communicate  with  the  canaliculi  of  the  crusta  petrosa 
at  the  fang,  and  cuticle  of  the  enamel  at  the  crown.  The 
tubules  are  from  four  to  five  microns  in  diameter  at  the  pulp 
cavity,  and  one  to  t\\o  microns  at  the  surface  of  the  dentine. 

ENAMEL. 


The  enamel  is  the  hardest  of  the  dental  tissues  contain- 
ing more  than  96  per  cent  of  inorganic  matter.  It  is  ar- 
ranged upon  the  dentine  in  the  form  of  a  thin  cap  over  the 
crown  and  extending  beyond  the  alveolar  margin  over  a 
part  of  the  fang.      In  the  herbivorous  animals  it  is  deeply 


Fig.  3. 
Enamel    (Magnified). 


Fig.  4. 

The    Enamel   Organ   Dissected    from 

the   First  Molar  of  a   Small 

Ruminant. 


folded  into  the  table  to  form  the  well  known  depression 
characteristic  of  these  teeth,  the  infundibulum.  In  the  virgin 
tooth  it  covers  the  entire  table  surface,  but  soon  wears  ofT  at 
that  point  from  the  mastication  of  food,  leaving  only  its 
edges  projecting  at  the  grinding  surface.  In  the  incisor 
teeth  it  is  the  outer  covering  of  both  the  lal)ial  and  lingual 
surfaces,  throughout  the  life  of  the  animal,  but  in  the  molars 


22  ANLMAL    DICXTISTRY. 

it  soon  hc'conics  lliicl<l_\-  encrusted  witli  crnsta  pctrosa  on 
l)otli  the  liuccal  and  lingual  surfaces.  The  molar  teeth  have 
no  outer  enamel  co\'erin^"  after  they  ha\-e  been  in  wear  for 
a  short  time.  The  enamel  surrounding^  the  infundibula  of 
the  incisors  is  arranged  in  the  form  of  an  oblong  or  elliptical 
ring  at  the  table  surface,  ^^■hilc  that  of  the  molars  is  folded 
into  a  very  irregular  boundary.  The  external  enamel  con- 
sists of  an  undulated  i)late  following  the  course  of  the  longi- 
tudinal ridges  and  groo\-es  of  the  molar  teeth.  At  the  table 
end  of  the  longitudinal  ridges  it  terminates  in  a  sharp  point, 
constituting  the  "sharp  teeth"  of  herbivora.  Chemically,  it 
consists  of : 

Carbonate  of  lime 4-37 

Phosphate    of    lime 89.82 

Fluoride  of  lime   a  trace 

Phosphate   of   magnesia 1.34 

Soluble  salts    88 

Organic  matter    3.59 

Microscopically  it  presents  a  thin  cutic'e  or  skin  called 
the  cuticle  of  the  enamel,  which  is  separable  when  a  section 
of  enaniel  is  treated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  hexagonal 
prisms  projecting  at  a  right  angle  from  the  surface  of  the 
dentine,  giving  the  appearance  of  a  mosiac  floor. 

CRUSTA  PETROSA  OR  CEMENT. 

The  crusta  petrosa  is  the  softest  of  the  three  hard  bodies 
composing  the  teeth.  It  is  an  external  osseous  incrustation 
of  the  fang  by  which  the  tooth  is  cemented  to  the  alveolar 
cavity.  Tn  the  \-irgin  footh  it  is  but  a  thin  layer,  but  as  the 
tooth  ages  it  becomes  thick  from  the  deposition  of  osseous 
tissue.  Crusta  peti'osa  covers  the  entire  outer  surfaces  of 
the  mature  molars,  the  fangs  of  the  incisors,  the  grooves  in 
the  crowns  of  the  incisors  of  old  animals  and  parllv  fills  the 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY 


23 


iiifiindiljula.     In  animals  having  siniple  teeth  it  is  limited  to 
the  fangs.     Chemically,  it  is  composed  of: 

Carbonate  of  lime '].22 

Phosphate   of  lime 48.73 

Fluoride  of  lime a  trace 

Phosphate   of   magnesia 99 

Soluble  salts    82 

Cartilage    4i-3i 

Fats    93 

Microscopically  it  presents  the  typical  characteristics  of 


Fig.  s. 
Dentine  and   Crusta   Petrosa   as   Ar- 
ranged at  the  Fang  (Magnified). 

1.  Crusta  petrosa. 

2.  Spaces  of  Czermak. 

3.  Dentine. 


Fig.  6. 
Natural  Cavities  of  a  Molar. 

A.  Pulp  cavity. 

B.  Infundibulum. 


the  compact  tissue  of  bone,  the  canaliculi  of  which  communi- 
cate with  those  of  the  dentine.  It  is  intimately  associated 
with  the  alveolo-dental  periosteum,  which  membrane  is  con- 
cerned in  its  formation. 


24 


ANLMAL    IMvNTISTRV 


THE  PULP. 

The  pulp  is  a  piiltaceons  sul).stance  molded  to  tlie  sliape 
of  the  pnlp  cavity,  consisting  of  loosely  arranged  connective 
tissue,  blood  vessels,  nerves  and  a  limiting  membrane 
(odontogenic  membrane)  which  sends  processes  through- 
out the  entire  length  and  course  of  the  dentinal  tubules,  and 
communicates   with   the    alveolo-dental     periosteum     at   the 


''<&/,"','M^ 

Fu;.  7. 
Arrangement   of  t!ie   Dental    Tissues    in    an    Incisor. 

1.  Internal  enamel  surrounding  the  infundibulum. 

2.  Pulp. 

3.  Dentine. 

4.  External   enamel. 

apical  foramen.  The  pulp  itself  acts  as  a  support  for  the 
blood  vessels  and  nerves  while  the  odontogenic  membrane 
is  concerned  in  tooth  construction.  In  the  teeth  of  herbivora 
it  is  constantly  depositing  dentinal  substance  in  the  tubules 
])eneath  the  table  surface  to  destroy  the  sensibility  of  the 
wearing  dentine. 


ALVEOLO-DENTAL  PERIOSTEUM. 

The  alveolo-dental  periosteum  is  a  dense,  tough  mem- 
brane consisting  chiefly  of  white  fibrous  tissue  and  osteo- 
blasts. It  covers  the  entire  fang,  communicates  with  the 
limiting  membrane  of  the  pulp  at  the  apical  foramen,  and  in- 
termingles   intimately    with    the    gun^s    at    the    neck    of    the 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY.  25 

tooth.  Its  fibers  are  continuous  with  the  stroma  of  the 
crusta  petrosa  and  that  of  the  alveolar  wall,  forming  a  firm 
connecting  medium  betw^een  the  two.  In  the  virgin  tooth 
it  has  all  the  characteristics  of  a  membrane,  but  it  soon  loses 
this  feature  and  becomes  confused  with  the  crusta  petrosa, 
which  tissue  it  develops. 

THE  GUMS. 

The  gums,  or  gingivae,  may  be  considered  in  the  sense 
of  a  hypertrophy,  either  of  the  buccal  mucous  membrane  or 
of  the  alveolo-dental  periosteum,  to  both  of  which  they  are 
intimately  connected.  They  consist  of  dense  fibrous  tissue, 
the  fibers  of  which  intermingle  with  the  alveolo-dental  peri- 
osteum and  crusta  petrosa,  with  the  purpose  of  hermetically 
sealing  the  alveolar  cavities  from  external  influences. 

BLOOD  VESSELS. 

The  blood  supply  of  the  teeth  is  derived  from  the  su- 
perior and  inferior  dental  arteries,  branches  of  the  external 
carotid.  The  superior  dental  is  given  ofif  the  internal  maxil- 
lary, passes  into  the  superior  dental  foramen  of  the  maxi!- 
lary  hiatus,  through  the  superior  dental  canal  as  far  as  the 
infra-orbita!  foramen,  along  the  roots  of  the  third,  second 
and  first  molars,  and  then  through  the  premaxilla  to  the  ca- 
nines and  incisors.  Along  the  course  of  the  dental  arcades 
it  gives  off  branches,  for  each  tooth,  which  pass  into  the 
pulp  cavity  through  the  apical  foramina.  The  inferior  den- 
tal artery  has  the  same  general  distribution  via  the  inferior 
dental  canal.  In  addition  to  this  principal  blood  supply  teeth 
receive  nourishment  from  surrounding  blood  vessels  by 
way  of  the  alveolo-dental  periosteum  to  the  extent  of  pre- 
serving the  integrity  of  the  tooth  should  its  principal  supply 
be  interrupted. 


26 


AN'IMAL    I)1-:\T1STRV 


THE  NERVES. 


The  nerves  arc  sensory  aiul  tactile,  and  are  derived  from 
the  snperior  and  tlie  inferior  maxillary  1)ranches  of  the  tri- 


Fu;.  g. 
Lncisor  and  Canine  Teeth  of  a  Mature  Horse. 


28 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


facial.     They  have  the  same  g-eneral  distribution  as  the  ar- 
teries, the  courses  of  whicli  they  follow  into  the  pulp  cavity. 


jiMii!l!ii!;i|[|tj|||||jj||[jii|;ilj,j|lffllpiii'Ji 

Fk;.  10. 
Incisor  Teeth   of  a   Mature   Horse.   Anterior  View. 


PERMANENT  INCISOR  TEETH  OF  A  HORSE. 

The  incisor  tooth  of  a  horse  presents  the  form  of  a  curved 
pyramid  with  the  q-reatcr  curvature  forward,  the  base  out- 
ward and  the  apex  implanted  deeply  into  the  alveolar  cavity 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY 


29 


of  the  same  shape.  The  base  of  the  pyramid,  which  repre- 
sents the  crown,  is  elHptical,  and  measuring  toward  the  apex 
it  becomes  first  oblong,  then  triangular,  then  rounded  and 
finally  biangular  in  the  antero-posterior  direction.  At  the 
table  it  presents  the  external  enamel  dentine,  internal 
enamel,  and  infundibulum.  *  Tlie  labial  and  lingual  surfaces 


Fig.  II.  Fig.   12. 

Canine  Teeth  of  a  Horse,  Buccal  Sur-        C-anine    Teeth    of    a    Horse,    Lingual 


face. 


Surfac 


Fig.   13. 
Longitudinal    Sections   Through   Incisor   Teeth. 


are  covered  with  enamel  which  in  youth  is  uninterrupted 
with  encrustations  of  either  tartar  or  crusta  petrosa,  and  is 
of  a  bluish-white  color.    At  the  apex  it  presents  a  wide  ope.n- 


30 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY 


iyg — the  apical  foramen — for  the  entrance-  of  l^lood  vessels 
and  nerves. 

In  sitn  they  are  arranged  in  perfect  juxtaposition  in  the 
form  of  a  symmetrical  curve  with  the  convexity  forward, 
and  their  contact  with  the  opposing  arcade  is  at  an  obtuse 
angle.  Xear  the  gingival  margin  they  are  separated  by 
processes  of  the  gums.     (See  Fig.  lo.) 

The  function  of  the  incisor  teeth  is  that  of  detaching  food 
that  has  been  gathered  by  the  lips,  and  to  serve  as  weapons 
of  defense.  Thev  are  not  concerned  in  mastication.  For 
changes  in  the  teeth,  see  Chapter  TTT. 

THE  CANINE  TEETH  OF  THE  HORSE. 

The  canine  teeth  exist  only  in  males  and  occur  only  as 
permanent  teeth.  They  occur  occasionally  as  rudimentary 
structures  in  the  mare,  but  never  develop  the  typical  canine 
characteristics.  They  represent  a  curved  tube  about  one 
centimeter  in  diameter,  and  flattened  at  one  end — the  crown. 
The  crown  is  flat  and  presents  internally  two  shallow  per- 
pendicular grooves  divided  by  a  rounded  ridge.  The  fang 
is  cylindrical  and  the  apical  foramen  round  and  large. 

The  canines,  so  far  as  digestion  is  concerned,  are  use- 
less members  which  the  horse  could  well  do  without.  They 
are  prol)al)ly  intended  as  weapons  of  defense,  and  may  serve 
to  assist  in  passing  coarse  filjrous  food  from  the  incisors  to 
the  molars. 

THE  MOLARS. 

The  superior  molars  rcsemlfle  an  elongated  square  block 
tapering  slightly  toward  one  extremity.  They  present  for 
description  four  surfaces,  the  table  and  apex.  The  external 
or  buccal  surface  presents  three  prominent  longitudinal 
ridges  separated  by  two  grooves,  all  of  which  traverse  the 
entire  length  of  the  tooth,  and  terminate  at  the  table  in  a 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


31 


sharp  point.  The  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces  are  iiat  and 
smooth  and  come  in  contact  with  contiguous  surfaces  at  the 
crown  only.  The  internal  surface  is  quite  smooth  and  some- 
what convex  from  before  backward.  The  table  presents 
the  external  crusta  petrosa,  the  external  enamel,  the  den- 
tine, uhe  internal  enamel,  and  the  internal  crusta  petrosa. 
The  edges  of  the  enamel  are  arranged  in  the  form  of  the 
letter  "B."     (See  Figs.  i6,  17.)     In  the  center  of  the  internal 


tf^! 

In 

1 

■f 

1 

1  i 

i]!" 

1   11 

• 

'c 

1    </) 

"1  if 

r  "' 

IT 

ill  a 

lj-  ra 

■•' 

:i 

'■\       U) 

1    in 

!!  :  '       1 

1  I          Lu* 

':j:  H 

1'           r 

'1': 

\\     ^ 

|{ :       P 

!  ■      1 

■  1' 

I     ' 

1       ^ 

i       1 

■.   ii 

(i       z5 

i''  1 

'; 

(1 

f   S 

' ''    1 

'; 

'■■     1 

1    "^ 

ii  i 

1 
1 

r 

[  ^     t^ 

Fig.  14. 
A  Superior  l\Iolar,  Buccal   Surface. 


Fig.  15. 

.■\  Superior  Molar,   Lingual    Surface, 

with    Measurement. 


crusta  petrosa  is  a  small  black  spot  marking  the  only  open- 
ings of  the  infundibula, which  are  two  in  number  on  all  the 
superior  molar  teeth.  The  apex  presents  three  to  four  roots, 
each  having  a  round  opening — the  apical  foramen.  The  first 
molar  is  triangular  in  shape,  has  a  sharp  anterior  face  and 
presents  but  three  roots  at  the  apex.  The  sixth  is  also 
somewhat  triangular  with  its  acutest  angle  posteriorly,  and 
like  the  first,  has  but  tliree  roots. 


32 


AXI.MAl.    DK.v'riSTRV 


The  I'lrst  superior  molar  a\era<4es  48  milliiiietcrs  1<mi<^. 
the  second  55  milHineters,  the  third  yi^  millimeters,  the  fourth 
68  millimeters,  the  hfth  65  millimeters,  and  the  sixtii  60  to 
63  millimeters. 

The  inferior  molars  are  somewhat  longer  and  much  more 
flattened  than  the  superior  ones.  In  volume,  tooth  for  tooth, 
the  superior  ones  greatly  exceed  them.  Their  surfaces  are 
smoother,  their  borders  less  distinct,  and  the  longitudinal 
ridges    less    j^romincnt.       The    longitu(hnal     ridges    of    the 


WW  SZ 


Z5    M.M. 


Fig.  16. 

Tabic   Surface  of  a   Supcrifir   Alolar, 

witli    Measurement. 


Fig.  17 

Arrangement    of   tlic    Dental   Tissues 

on  tlie  Talile  of  a  .Superior 

Alolar. 

I,  2.      Infundibula. 

3.  Crusta  petrosa. 

4.  l^entine. 

5.  Enamel. 


internal  or  lingual  surface  are  three  in  number  and  termi- 
nate at  the  tables  in  sharp  enamel  points  similar  to 
the  external  ones  of  the  superior  molars.  The  tables  present 
the  same  dental  substances  as  the  superior,  but  the  enamel 
is  arranged  in  the  form  of  an  irregular  figure,  and  not  in 
the  shape  of  the  letter  "B,"  as  on  the  superior  tables.  The 
enamel  is  but  a  single  organ  and  is  not  divided  into  internal 
and  external  enamel,  as  in  the  incisors  and  superior  molars. 
This  arrangement  leaves  the  inferior  molars  without  per- 
fectl}'  inclosed  infundibula  and  allows  all  the  crusta  petrosa 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


33 


to  communicate  freely.  This  arrangement  of  the  enamel 
org-an  is  due  to  the  fact  that  its  infolds  are  lateral  and  not 
superior.  That  is,  the  enamel  does  not  dip  deeply  into  the 
table  end,  but  folds  inwards  into  great  ruffles  along  each 
side.  They  each  have  two  roots,  each  of  which  is  pierced  at 
the  apex  with  the  foramen  for  the  entrance  of  the  vessels  and 
nerves. 


Fig.   i8. 

Longitudinal  Section 

Through   a   Molar. 

1.  I.     Infundibuluni. 

2.  Dentine. 

3.  Crusta  petrosa  and 
enamel. 

4.  Internal  enamel. 


Fig.   19. 

An   Inferior  Molar, 

Buccal    Surface. 


Fig.  20. 
An  Inferior  Molar,  Lin- 
gual Surface,  with 
Measurement. 

The  superior  arcades  are  prominently  convex  on  the 
external  or  buccal  surface,  and  concave  on  the  internal  or 
lingual  surface.  The  width  of  the  arcade  is.  uniform  through- 
out the  entire  length,  with  the  exception  of  the  extremities 
which  taper  to  a  narrow  border  anteriorly  and  a  blunted  one 


34 


ANLMi\L    J)Jv\TISTRV 


posteriorly,  'llic  width  between  the  arcades  is  83  milli- 
meters at  the  sixth  molars,  75  millimeters  at  the  fourth,  and 
57  millimeters  at  the  first.  They  are  from  18  to  20  centi- 
meters lont^:  and  average  25  to  28  millimeters  wide. 

The  inferior  arcades  are  more  on  a  straight  line  than  the 
superior  ones.  They  are  but  slightly  curved  outward  at  the 
fourth  and  fifth  molars,  while  at  the  second  and  third  they 
may  even  present  a  slight  inward  curvature.  Like  the  su- 
perior, they  have  a  uniform  width  with  the  exception  of  the 
pointed  extremities.  The  width  between  the  arcades  is  75 
millimeters  at  the  sixth  molars,  60  millimeters  at  the  fourth 
and  about  50  millimeters  at  the  first.  They  are  from  18  to 
20  centimeters  long  and  average  17  to  20  millimeters  wide. 

;7  N  M. 


Fig.  20.\. 
Table  Surface  of  an  Inferior  Molar,  with  Measurement. 

In  situ  the  molars  present  four  arcades — right  and  left 
superior  and  right  and  left  inferior — each  containing  six 
teeth,  juxtaposited  so  closely  as  to  give  the  impression  of 
being  a  single  body.  The  juxtaposition  of  the  molars  is  one 
of  the  important  features  of  tlie  dental  mechanism  of  her- 
bivorous animals.  This  feature  adds  materiall}'-  to  the  for- 
mation of  a  perfect,  as  well  as  a  stable,  grinding  apparatus. 

Each  arcade  is  from   t8  to  20  centimeters  in  length. 


THE  PERMANENT  INCISORS  OF  RUMINANTS. 

Ruminants  have  but  one  incisor  arcade — the  inferior — 
the  superior  l>eing  replaced  by  a  dense  pad  of  connective 
tissue.     The  incisors  are  eight  in  number,  identified,  count- 


Fig.  21. 


Fig.  22. 

A  Superior  Molar  Arcade  of  a  Horse,       Inferior   Molar    Arcade   of   a    Horse, 
with  Measurement.  wifJi    Measurement. 


35 


36 


ANIMAL    DEXTISTKV 


\nv;  from  the  median  line  outward,  as :  centrals,  laterals,  inter- 
mediates, and  comers.  They  resemble  a  scoop  or  shovel  with 
a  tapering  handle,  are  not  juxtaposed  and  are  always  loose. 
The  fangs  are  imbedded  into  shallow  alveolar  cavaties  and 
the  long  necks  are  firmly  attached  to  the  gums.  They  are 
very  white  in  color.  The  labial  surface  is  convex  and  the 
lingual  one  concave  to  fit  the  dental  pad  on  the  premaxilla. 
They  diminish  in  size  from  the  centrals  outward,  the  cor- 
ners being  (juite  small. 


Fig.  23. 
Incisor    Denture   of   the   Ox. 


THE  PERMANENT  MOLARS  OF  RUMINANTS. 

The  superior  molars  of  the  large  ruminants  resemble 
those  of  the  horse.  They  are  arranged  in  two  arcades  of  six 
molars  each  as  in  solipeds.  The  tables  present  the  enamel, 
internal  and  external,  the  crusta  petrosa,  dentine  and  the 
infundibu'a.  In  the  three  posterior  molars  the  enamel  is 
arranged   in   the  shape  of  the  letter   "B,"  as   in   the  horse, 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


37 


while  the  three  anterior  ones  present  more  the  shape  of  a 
"U"  turned  bottom  against  the  tongue.  The  first  three 
molars  have  but  one  infundibulum,  while  the  last  three  have 
two.  The  longitudinal  ridges  are  prominent  features  of  the 
buccal  surface  and  terminate  at  the  table  in  sharp  points. 


A 


Fig.  24. 
Incisor   Teeth   of  the  Ox. 

A.  Lingual  surface  of  lateral  incisor. 

B.  Labial  surface  of  central  incisor. 

C.  Lingual  surface  of  corner  incisor. 

D.  Labial  surface  of   intermediate   incisor. 

The  length  of  the  posterior  molars  is  about  8J2  centimeters, 
and  that  of  the  anterior  about  5V2  centimeters.  Each  tooth 
presents  three  roots,  two  of  which  project  externally  and 
one  internally. 

In  situ  they  consist  of  a  continuous  arcade,  narrow  an- 
teriorly and  becoming  gradually  wider  toward  the  posterior 


38 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY 


Fig.  26. 

Inferior  ^lolar  of  an  Ox 

(Labial    Surface). 


Fig.  25. 
A    Superior    Molar    Ar- 
cade of  an  Ox. 


Fic.  27. 

Inferior  Molar  of  an  Ox 

(Linp;ual  Surface). 


Animal  dentistry.  ^^ 

extremity.  They  cannot  be  said  to  be  as  perfectly  juxta- 
posited  as  in  the  horse,  as  the  internal  surface  of  the  arcades 
has  deep  depressions  at  the  interdentia.  The  arcade  will 
average  12  centimeters  long  and  from  15  to  22  millimeters 
wide. 

The  inferior  molars  are  very  narrow  and  closely  juxta- 
posited,  as  in  the  inferiors  of  the  horse,  but  in  shape  and 
arrangement  of  the  enamel  each  tooth  differs  from  the  oth- 
ers. The  first  is  triangular  in  shape  and  contains  but  a  single 
ring  of  enamel.  The  second  and  third  are  rectangular  and 
their  enamel  is  arranged  into  the  form  of  an  irregular  figure 
havinp-  five  to  six  indentations.     The  fourth  and  fifth  con- 


Fu;.  28. 
Tabic  of  a   Superior  Molar  of  the  Ox. 

sist  of  two  lobes,  each  having  a  central  enamel  ring  and 
infundibulum,  while  the  sixth  has  three  lobes  w-ith  central 
enamel  infundibula  on  the  two  anterior  lobes.  The  arcades 
measure  from  11  to  15  millimeters  wide.  The  first  three  are 
from  52  to  54  millimeters  long-  and  the  posterior  three  meas- 
ure from  88  to  93  millimeters  in  length. 


TEETH  OF  THE  DOG. 

The  dog  has  in  ail  forty-two  teeth — six  incisors,  two 
canines  and  six  molars  in  the  superior  jaw  and  six  incisors, 
two  canines  and  seven  molars  in  the  inferior  jaw.  All  of 
the  teeth  of  the  dog  are  simple  teeth,  i.  e.,  they  are  covered 
with  enamel  on  the  table  through  life.  The  incisors  are 
small  as  compared  with  the  other  teeth,  and  they  do  not 
contact  each  other  until   the  dog  is  more  than  a  year  old. 


40 


AN'l.MAL    I)1<:XTIS'1M<Y. 


^    : 


^ 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


41 


The  canines  are  the  prominent  features  of  the  dog's  den- 
ture. They  are  large,  white  members  having  deep  implan- 
tations and  elongated  conical  crowns  curved  backwards. 
which  pass  each  other  in  a  manner  to  grasp  and  hold  firmly 


.r- 


I    I 


I'TG.    30. 

Inferior    Denture    of   a   Dog.      (Cornevin    et    Lesbre.) 

any  object  caught  between  them.  The  molar  denture  is 
very  irregular,  as  is  also  each  individual  tooth.  The  first 
inferior  molar  of  dogs  is  properly  classified  as  a  temporary 
tooth  that  persists  in  the  mature  animal,  although  it  is  fre- 
quently referred  to  as  a  permanent  tooth  having  no  tern- 


42 


ANIMAL    DEXTISTRV 


porary  predecessor.     'J'hc   first  and   second  inferior   molars 
have   small   conical   crowns,   slightly  ctit  out  internally  and 


Fig.  31. 
Superior    Denture    of    an    Aged    Dog.      (Cornevin    ct    Lcshre.) 

but  a  single  root.  The  third  and  fourth  present  on  the  crown 
one  large  cone  anteriorly  and  two  smaller  ones  posteriorly; 
and  each  fang  has  two  roots.     The  fifth  has  two  small  an- 


ANIMATv   DENTISTRY.  43 

terior  cones,  three  small  posterior  ones  on  the  crown,  and 
three  roots.  The  sixth  inferior  has  two  roots  projecting 
backwards  and  presents  a  large  crown  with  a  number  of 
conical  projections  and  a  deep  infundibulum.  The  seventh  is 
small  but  has  three  projections  on  the  table  and  two  roots. 

The  superior  molars  are  six  in  number  and  will  answer 
the  same  general  description  as  the  inferior  ones,  located 
behind  the  first,  but  their  crowns  are  wider  and  more  beveled 
from  within  outward. 


CHAPTER  II. 

EVOLUTION  OF  THE  TEETH. 

The  teeth  arc  not  a  part  of  the  skeleton  and  never,  like 
other  juxtapositcd  hard  tissues,  unite  to  each  other  or  to  the 
bones  that  surround  them.  They  originate  from  the  mucous 
membranes  of  the  mouth  and  develop  independently  of  the 
bones.  They  are  appendages  of  the  buccal  mucosa  precisely 
as  horn,  hair  and  hoof  are  appendages  of  the  skin. 

The  evolution  (growth)  of  the  teeth  and  their  subse- 
quent retrogression  (wear)  occurs  in  such  distinct  succes- 
sive stages  from  embryo  to  old  age  that  the  age  of  animals 
can  be  accurately  determined  at  any  period  of  life.  The 
stages  of  evolution  and  the  stages  of  retrogression,  however, 
vary  with  each  species — the  horse,  the  dog,  the  ox  and  the 
cat  each  showing  individual  characteristics.  The  stages  of 
evolution  are  distinct  in  all  species,  while  those  of  retro- 
gression are  onb/  apparent  in  the  horse,  the  ox,  the  sheep 
and  the  pig.  The  dog,  the  cat  and  man  show  no  visible 
distinct  stages  of  wear,  owing  to  the  different  anatomical 
construction  of  the  teeth. 

Dental  evolution  naturally  divides  itself  into  three 
periods : 

I  St.     The  embryonic  evolution. 

2nd.      Evolution  of  the  temporary  teeth. 

3rd.     Evolution  of  the  permanent  teeth. 

EMBRYONIC  EVOLUTION. 

In  the  embryo  of  the  domestic  mammal  tooth  formation 
begins  at  the  seventh  week  of  foetal  life.     The  dental  ap- 

44 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY, 


45 


paratus  at  that  time  is  represented  by  a  whitened  ridge  of 
mucous  membrane  extending  around  the  maxillary  margin. 
This  ridge  (gingival  cushion)  is  the  matrix  from  which  the 
teeth  develop.  At  the  earliest  period  it  consists  chiefly  of 
two  layers  of  epithelial  cells  and  basement  membrane  of 
connective  tissue.  The  outer  layer  consists  of  loosely  ar- 
ranged cells  while  the  deep  one  is  dense  and  lies  in  close 
relation  to  the  jaw,  being  only  divided  from  the  latter  by  the 
thin  connective  tissue  of  the  mucous  membrane. 


1- 
Z- 
3 

4 
5- 


»>-^y'T 


'^ 


'-^^^^^^^wtm->f 


(Cornevin  et  Lesbre.) 


Fig.  ,72. 
Section  Through  a  Part  of  a  Dental   Follicle. 

1.  Crusta  petrosa. 

2.  External    enamel. 

3.  4,  5.     Internal  enamel. 

6.  Dentine. 

7.  Odontoblasts. 

8.  Pulp. 

The  following  changes  which  the  gingival  cushion  under- 
goes constitute  the  process  of  tooth  development:  The  first 
step  in  the  direction  of  tooth  formation  is  observed  at  about 


46 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


I'ic.  33- 
Perpendicular    Section    Tlirousli    a    Dental     Papilla. 

1.  Epithelium   of  tlie   gingival    cushion. 

2.  Stalk   for  the   future  permanent   tooth. 

3.  First  dentinal  formation. 

4.  The  jaw  bone. 

5.  The  alveolar  periosteum. 

The   crescent-shaped   ring   rei)resents   the   enamel   organ. 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY.  47 

the  eighth  week  of  foetal  life,  when  the  deep  celhilar  layer 
of  the  gingival  cushion  begins  to  grow  inward  into  the  sub- 
stance of  the  jaw,  which  at  that  period  is  represented  by 
cartilage.  The  cartilaginous  jaw  at  the  same  time  grows 
upward  around  the  descending  epithelium  until  it  presents 
a  deep  trough-like  groove  which  the  gingival  cushion  now 
occupies.  The  outer  or  loose  layer  remains  without  and 
persists  through  life  as  the  gums,  while  the  deep  or  dense 
layer  pushes  deeper  and  deeper  into  the  jaw,  becomes  better 
organized  to  form  the  common  enamel  germ.  The  common 
enamel  germ  which  is  no  more  than  the  deep  epithelial  layer 
of  the  gingival  cushion,  is  continued  evenly  through  the 
whole  trough,  but  at  the  ninth  or  tenth  week  of  foetal  life 
it  becomes  tumefied  at  regular  intervals  to  form  the  first 
real  representatives  of  the  future  teeth  (the  enamel  germs). 
As  the  enamel  germs  devlop  into  larger  bodies  the  sub- 
stance between  them  gradually  disappears,  leaving  only  a 
sniall  mound  for  each  temporary  tooth.  Simultaneously  the 
basement  layer  of  the  gingival  cushion  tumefies  beneath 
this  mound  and  forces  it  upwards  into  a  permanent  body 
(the  dental  papilla).  The  dental  papilla  consists,  therefore, 
of  a  body  of  connective  tissue,  capped  with  epithelium. 

At  the  third  month  of  foetal  life  the  epithelial  layer  un- 
dergoes petrification  to  form  the  future  enamel  organ.  The 
connective  tissue  calcifies  to  form  dentinal  substance,  while 
the  base  of  the  papilla  remains  unchanged  to  form  the  pulp. 
While  this  process  is  going  on  the  papilla  is  gradually  as- 
suming the  shape  and  form  of  a  tooth  crown,  the  first  di- 
vision of  a  tooth  to  form.  The  neck  and  fang  occur  by  the 
deposition  of  dentinal  substance  at  the  base  of  the  papilla. 
The  aperture  into  the  pulp  cavity  is  at  first  a  wide  one,  but 
soon  becomes  narrow  and  takes  its  place  at  the  end  of  the 
fang  as  an  apical  foramen,  the  opening  through  which  the 
vessels  and  nerves  enter  the  tooth.     In  the  case  of  the  molar 


48  ANLMAL    DENTISTRY. 

teeth  several  openings  are  formed,  one  for  each  root.  The 
cement  is  ossified  connective  tissue,  and  is  the  last  of  the 
three  hard  tissues  to  form.  It  develops  Ijetween  the  perios- 
teum of  the  tooth  cavity  and  the  dental  substance  and  is 
influenced  in  its  evolution  through  life  by  both  these  ele- 
ments. 

During  these  evolutionary  changes  each  tooth  is  en- 
closed within  a  separate  sac  ordinarily  designated  as  a  den- 
tal follicle.  During  the  same  period  the  jaw  is  undergoing 
great  changes.  It  is  growing  upward  to  further  enclose  the 
follicles  within  itself,  and  is  gradually  separating  them  one 
from  another  by  the  formation  of  bony  partitions  (the  inter- 
dental cancellated  tissue)  until  each  tooth  occupies  a  deep 
individual  compartirxnt — the  alveolar  cavity — which  the 
tooth  fills  completely  at  every  stage  of  its  evolution  and  ex- 
istence and  which  entirely  encloses  both  until  by  sheer 
force  of  its  expansion  it  forces  its  way  into  the  mouth  and 
takes  its  place  at  the  level  of  the  dental  arcade.  This  event 
marks  the  beginning  of  the  second  period  of  dental  evolu- 
tion. 

The  permanent  teeth  are  developed  much  in  the  same 
manner.  About  the  sixteenth  week  of  foetal  life  a  stalk  or 
neck  becomes  disconnected  from  the  common  enamel  germ 
and  takes  its  place  first  on  the  side,  and  secondly,  at  the  root 
of  the  temporary  tooth.  It  undergoes  the  same  steps  of  de- 
velopment, and  b}'  its  upward  growth  absorbs  the  fang  of 
the  temporary  tooth  until  only  a  mere  shell  remains.  The 
permanent  teeth  that  arc  not  represented  by  temporary 
predecessors  are  formed  by  the  backward  extension  of  the 
common  enamel  germ.  The  first  permanent  tooth  of  this 
class — the  fourth  molar — has  its  origin  in  embryo,  while  the 
others  which  erupt  later  in  life  may  not  begin  to  form  until 
some  time  after  birth.  The  enamel  germ,  therefore,  is  not 
entirelv  a  foetal  structure,  but  exists  until  the  last  tooth  is 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  49 

set  on  its  way  toward  maturity.     (Thus  far  dental  evolution 
does  not  vary  materially  in  the  different  species). 


^>^ 


EVOLUTION  OF  THE  TEMPORARY  TEETH. 


This  period  of  dental  evolution  begins  when  the  milk 
teeth  make  their  first  appearance  on  the  buccal  surface,  and 
ends  when  they  are  entirely  replaced  by  their  permanent 
successors.  In  some  animals  the  temporary  teeth  erupt  be- 
fore birth.  It  is,  however,  at  the  time  of  birth  or  within  a 
few  days  after  that  the  first  evidence  of  temporary  dentition 
appears  in  all  domestic  animals.  The  end  of  the  period 
varies  with  each  species.  In  the  horse  the  last  temporary 
teeth  disappear  at  four  and  a  half  years  of  age.  Thus  the 
period  in  the  horse  lasts  from  birth  to  four  and  a  half  years 
of  age,  in  the  ox  from  birth  to  four  and  a  half  years,  in  the 
sheep  from  birth  to  three  and  a  half  years,  in  the  dog  from 
birth  to  six  months,  and  in  the  pig  from  birth  to  three  years. 
In  all  the  domestic  animals  except  the  dog  the  temporary 
incisors  persist  longer  than  the  mo'ars. 

THE  HORSE. 

The  central  incisors  erupt  before  birth  or,  in  some  in- 
stances, within  a  few  days  after.  They  are  large,  white 
teeth,  occupying  the  entire  incisor  arcade  and  contact  their 
opposing  teeth  by  their  anterior  borders  only.  The  pos- 
terior border  is  still  hidden  beneath  the  gums  and  only 
comes  to  the  level  of  the  anterior  l)order  after  three  months' 
wear,  at  which  time  they  present  the  typical  table  of  an 
herbivorous  incisor.  The  cup  is  deep  and  distinct,  and  in  its 
whole  appearance  cannot  be  readily  recognized  from  that  of 
a  permanent  incisor.  At  the  earliest  period  after  eruption 
two  influences  are  at  w^ork  for  their  destruction — -the  perma- 
nent tooth  is  gradually  encroaching  upon  its  fang  while  the 
crown  is  becoming  shorter  and  shorter  under  the  influence 


50 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


of  wear  until  at  the  age  of  two  and  a  half  years  there  remains 
only  a  loosened  shell. 

LATERAL  INCISORS. 

The  lateral  incisors  make  their  appearance  at  from  four 

to  six  weeks,  gain  the  level  of  the  arcade  at   four  months, 

and  are  replaced  by  permanent  incisors  at  three  and  a  half 

years. 

CORNER  INCISORS. 

The  corner  incisors  appear  on  the  buccal  surface  at  about 


Fig.  34. 
Temporary   Incisor   Teeth   of  a   Horse. 
A.  B,  C.     Labial  surface  of  centra!,  lateral  and  corner. 
D',   E,   F.     Lingual   surface  of  same. 

seven  months,  gain  the  level  of  the  arcade  at  ten  months 
and  are  shed  at  four  and  a  half  years. 

FIRST,  SECOND  AND  THIRD  MOLARS. 

These  teeth  api)car  about  the  time  of  birth.  They  are 
large  organs  and  occupy  the  whole  maxillary  margin  behind 
the  interdental  space.  At  the  time  of  eruption  their  tables 
arc  covered  with  enamel,  whicli  soon  wears  off  to  expose 
the  dentinal  tissue  and  cement.  Their  fangs  are  g-radually 
lost  by  absorption  from  pressure  of  the  growing-  permanent 
molars  beneath.  The  first  and  second  are  shed  at  two  and 
one-half  years  and  the  third  at  three  to  three  and  a  half, 
leaving  the  molar  arcades  free  from  temporary  teeth 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


51 


CANINES. 

The  canine  teeth  are  frequently  referred  to  as  being  rep- 
resented in  youth  by  temporary  predecessors.  This  claim 
cannot  be  accepted  as  entirely  correct.  The  needle-like  ca- 
nines, occasionally  observed  in  three-year-old  colts,  must  be 
regarded  as  a  freak  of  perverted  dental  evolution  rather 
than  as  a  part  of  the  normal  economy. 


3 


sr"^' 


y 


t^il-i  I 


^\ 


'^•^•-r. 


'-^S^ 


;■' 


A 


....J 


Fig.  35- 
Temporal"}'  Incisors  of  the  Colt. 

3.  Inferior  incisors  at  birth. 

4.  Inferior  incisors  at  ten  weeks. 
2.     Inferior  incisors  at  four  months. 
I.     Inferior  incisors  at  seven   months. 

THE  OX. 

Central  Incisors* — Erupt  at  birth,  become  prominent  at 
one  month  and  shed  at  one  and  a  half  years  of  age. 

Lateral  Incisors — Erupt  at  birth,  gain  the  level  of  the 
arcade  at  one  month  and  shed  at  two  and  a  half  years. 


*Lower  jaw  only. 


52 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


Intermediate  Incisors — The  intermediates  erupt  at  two 
weeks,  gain  the  level  of  the  arcade  at  two  months  and  shed 
at  three  and  a  half  years. 

Corner  Incisors — The  corners  erupt  at  three  weeks  to  one 
month,  gain  the  level  of  the  arcade  at  three  months  and  shed 
at  four  and  a  half  years. 

First,  Second  and  Third  Molars — As  in  the  horse,  these 


Fig.  36. 
Tompornry   Molar   Tectli   of   a  Horse. 

molars  erupt  at  birth.  1"lic  hrst  is  cast  off  at  one  and  a  half 
years,  the  second  at  two  and  a  half  years  and  the  third  at 
three  and  a  half  years. 

THE  PIG. 
Central  Incisors — F.rupt  at  three  to  four  months  and  'are 
shed  at  three  years. 


I' 


Fic.  37. 

Superior   and    Inferior   [Molar   Arcades   of   the    Horse    under   the   Age   of   lo 

^Months. 
A,  B.     Opening  fur  the  4th  Molar. 


53 


54  ANIMAL    DKN'riSTKY. 

Lateral  Incisors — l'".ni])t  at  four  niontlis  and  arc  shed  at 
tlircc  }-cars. 

Corner  Incisors — l^-upt  at  birth  and  are  shed  at  six 
months. 

Canines — Erupt  at  l)irth  and  are  shed  at  one  year  (The 
temporary  canines  of  the  pi":  are  common  to  both  sexes,  l)ut 
are  more  prominent  in  the  n.iale). 

First  Molar — Tlic  tirst  molar  of  the  hoi;-  has  no  temporary 
predecessor. 

Second  and  Third  Molars — Irrupt  at  birth  and  are  shed 
at  two  \-ears. 

Fourth  Molar — Erupts  at  six  months  and  is  sh.ed  at  two 
years. 

THE  DOG. 

Central  Incisors — I'^rui)t  at  four  weeks  and  are  shed  at 
four  montlis. 

Lateral  Incisors — Erupt  at  four  weeks  and  are  shed  at 
for.r  months. 

Corner  Incisors — Erupt  at  four  weeks  and  are  shed  at 
five  months. 

(  The  incisor  teeth  do  not  come  in  contact  witli  one  an- 
other until  the  ag-e  of  lifteen  months). 

Canines — Eru]")t  at  four  weeks  and  are  shed  at  six  months. 
The}'  are  commcin  to  botli  sexes. 

First  Molar — There  is  no  temporary  first  molar  in  the 
dog. 

Second,  third  and  fourth  molars  erupt  at  five  to  six  weeks 
and  shed  at  six  nu^nths.  The  fourth  ma\-  be  delayed  until 
six  and  one-half  to  seven  months. 

At  the  age  of  se\'en  months  the  tem])orar\-  denture  (jf 
the  dog  is  entirely  re])laced  by  its  ])ermanent   successor. 


Fig.  38. 
Superior  Denture  of  a  2- Year-old  Hog.     (Cornevin  et  Lesbre.) 


55 


56 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


THE  SHEEP. 

Central  Incisors — Erupt  (lurino-  ilic  I'lrst  month  after  birth 
and  arc  shed  at  fifteen  to  eit^htecn  montlis. 

Lateral  Incisors — Erupt  (hirino-  the   first    month,  a  few 


u 


u. 


H 


(hiys  after  the  eentrals.  and  are  shed  at  twenty  to  twenty-four 
months. 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


57 


Intermediate  Incisors — Erupt  during  the  second  to  the 
fourth  week,  a  few  days  after  the  laterals,  and  are  shed  at 
twenty-four  to  thirty-three  months. 

Corner  Incisors — Erupt  about  the  fifth  week  after  birth 
and  are  shed  at  four  to  four  and  a  half  years. 


_i 


u 


t    H 


Q 


H 


First  Molar — Erupts  during  the  first  month  and  is  shed 
at  one  and  a  half  years. 

Second  Molar — Erupts  with  the  first  molar  and  is  shed 
at  two  and  a  half  years. 

Third  Molar — Erupts  with  the  first  and  second  and  is 
shed  at  three  and  a  half  years. 


5g 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


EVOLUTION  OF  THE  PERMANENT  TEETH. 

The  clc\cl()i)Hient  of  the  pennaiient  teetli  of  animals  be- 
s^ins  diirins;'  the  foetal  life.  Dnring-  this  period  they  are  rep- 
resented only  1)}'  a  stalk  or  neck  extending-  from  the  enamel 
o-erm  of  their  temporary  analogues,  located  first  on  the  side 


Fig.  41. 
Mnhir   Denture   at    Birth. 
A.      Infcri^■^  4tli    irolar. 
P>.     Superior  4th   molar. 

and  afterwards  at  the  root.  At  the  time  of  birth  the  germ  of 
the  central  incisors  and  the  first,  second  and  third  molars 
are  alreadx-  ])rominently  formed  at  the  root  of  the  temporary 
teeth,  and  the  fourth  molar — the  hrst  ]H'rn\'inent  tootli  to 
develop — consists  of  a  roimded  hy];ertrophy  of  the  common 
enamel  germ  located  just  posterior  to  the  third  temporary 
molar.     (Fig".  41  A.  B.)     The  temporary  molars  occupy  the 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


59 


entire  jaw  behind  the  interdental  space  until  the  age  of  ten 
months.  In  the  herbivora  the  fourth  molar  forces  its  way 
to  the  surface  in  the  same  relative  position  that  the  sixth 
molar  occupies  in  the  mature  animal.  The  jaw  is  therefore 
always  filled  with  molars,  the  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  forcing 
their  way  behind  their  successive  neighbors. 


Fig.  42. 
Molars  of  a  Horse  Approaching  5  to  6  Months. 

During  the  first  year  the  only  prominent  visible  event  in 
the  evolution  of  the  permanent  teeth  is  the  eruption  of  the 
fourth  molar.  The  invisible  events  occurring  in  the  germs 
located  at  the  roots  of  the  temporary  are,  however,  of  no 
less  importance.  They  are  developing  rapidly  into  teeth  of 
normal  shape  and  size,  gradually  transgressing  upon  and 
shortening  by  absorption  the  fangs  of  the  temporary  teeth, 


60 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY 


molars  and  incisors  alike.  The  first,  second  and  third  mo- 
lars make  the  most  rapid  prog-ress  during  the  first  year,  pre- 
paratory to  their  subse(|uent  eruption  one  to  two  years 
hence.  The  incisors  are  less  developed,  the  centrals  are 
somewhat  prominent  preparatory  to  their  eruption  two  years 
hence,  but  the  lateral,  intermediates — in  ruminants — and  the 
corners  are  merely  represented  by  an  undeveloped  tooth 
o-erm.     Such  is  the  condition  of  development  of  the  denture 


Fig.  43. 
Molars   of  a    Horse   Approaching    10   Months. 

of  an  herbivorous  animal  at  the  age  of  one  year  from  whence 
the  evolution  proper  begins.     (See  Fig.  43.) 


THE   HORSE. 

Central  Incisor — Begins  to  develop  in  embryo,  assumes 
the  shape  of  a  tooth  during  the  first  year,  reaches  the  level 
of  the  alveolar  border  at  two  years,  expels  the  temporary 
shell  at  two  and  a  half  years  and  takes  its  place  at  the  nor- 
mal level  of  the  arcade  at  three  years  of  age. 

Lateral  Incisor — Begins  to  develop  during  the  first  six 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


61 


months,  assumes  the  shape  of  a  tooth  during  the  second  year, 
reaches  the  alveolar  border  at  three  years,  expels  the  tem- 
porary shell  at  three  and  a  half  years  and  takes  its  place  at 
the  level  of  the  arcade  at  four  years. 

Corner  Incisor — Is  very  rudimentary  at  one  year,  begins 
to  develop  at  two  years,  assumes  the  shape  of  a  tooth  at 
three  years,  reaches  the  alveolar  border  at  four  years,  expels 
the  temporary  shell  at  four  and  a  half  years  and  takes  its 


Fig.  44. 
Molars  of  a  Horse   Approaching  the  Age  of  2  Years. 

place  at  the  level  of  the  arcade  at  five  to  five  and  a  half  years. 

Canines — Erupt  at  the  age  of  four  to  four  and  a  half 
years,  but  may  be  delayed  in  their  outward  course  by  the 
hardness  of  the  jaw.  Occasionally  their  growth,  especially 
of  the  superiors,  is  arrested  beneath  the  gums  until  the  sev- 
enth year  of  the  animal's  life.  The  inferior  canines  always 
erupt  slightly  in  advance  of  the  superior. 

First,  second  and  third  molars  begin  to  develop  in  the 
foetal  life  of  the  colt.     At  birth  they  are  small,  rudimentary 


52  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 

objects,  but  become  tooth-like  very  rapidly  during  the  first 
twelve  months,  at  which  time  they  are  all  morphologically 
and  anatomically  similar.  During  the  ensuing  year  their 
growth  is  about  equal,  each  growing  to  the  level  of  the 
alveolar  border.  At  two  and  a  half  years  the  first  and  sec- 
ond expel  the  temporary  shell  and  become  concerned  ac- 
tively in  mastication  at  about  three  years  of  age.  The  third 
at  two  and  a  half  years  seems  to  be  mysteriously  retarded 
in  its  growth  as  if  1)locked  in  its  outward  course  by  the 
unyielding  fourth  molar,  which  has  now  been  in  active  serv- 
ice for  the  past  one  and  a  half  years.  (See  osteoma  of  the 
maxilla.)  At  tw^o  to  two  and  a  half  years  old  the  develop- 
ment of  the  third  molar  is  at  a  standstill,  until  the  age  of 
three  to  three  and  a  half  years,  when  it  finally  expels  its  shell 
and  then  grows  tardily  outward  to  the  level  of  the  arcade. 
It  is  not  unusual  to  find  this  molar  below  the  level  of  its 
neighbors  at  four  and  even  five  years  old. 

Fourth  Molar — The  fourth  molar  is  the  most  interesting 
of  the  horse's  teeth.  Its  development  begins  during  the  last 
months  of  foetal  life.  At  birth  it  consists  of  a  small,  rounded 
mass  of  rudimentary  tooth  substance,  developing  from  a 
backward  projection  of  the  common  enamel  germ,  and  lo- 
cated in  close  contiguity  to  the  fang  of  the  third  temporary 
molar.  During  the  first  ten  months  after  birth  it  grows 
very  rapidly  into  a  shapely  tooth  and  points  to  the  surface 
at  about  the  end  of  the  tenth  month.  At  twelve  months  it 
is  already  actively  concerned  in  mastication,  although  it  is 
morphologically  defective,  assuming  its  maximum  stability 
only  during  the  next  two  years. 

Fifth  Molar — The  common  enamel  germ  at  the  age  of 
six  months,  after  having  formed  the  fourth  molar  projects 
backward  to  form  the  fifth  molar.  At  one  year  old  the  for- 
mation is  almost  perfect,  at  one  and  a  half  years  it  erupts. 


Animal  dentistry 


63 


and  at  two  and  a  half  years  it  is  found  on  a  level  with  the 
fourth. 

Sixth  Molar — The  sixth  molar  is  the  last  of  the  molars 
to  erupt,  which  event  occurs  at  any  time  between  four  and 
five  years  of  age.  Its  formation,  like  that  of  the  other  per- 
manent molars,  having  no  temporary  predecessors,  depends 
upon  the  backward  growth  of  the  common  enamel  germ. 
The  first  evidence  of  this  molar  is  seen  at  two  to  two  and 


Fig.  45. 
Molar   Denture  of  the   Ox   at    10  Months. 

a  half  years  in  the  form  of  a  rounded  mass  similar  to  that 
of  the  fourth  and  fifth.  At  this  age  the  jaw  is  more  un- 
yielding and  its  eruption  may  be  delayed  by  the  resistance 
offered  therefrom. 

RUMINANTS. 

Central  Incisor — Reaches   the   alveolar   margin    at    one 
year  and  erupts  at  one  and  a  half  years. 


64  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 

Lateral  Incisor — Reaches  the  alveolar  margin  at  two 
years  and  erupts  at  two  and  a  half  years. 

Intermediate  Incisor — Reaches  the  alveolar  margin  at 
three  years  and  erupts  at  three  and  a  half  years. 

Corner  Incisor — Reaches  the  alveolar  margin  at  four 
years  and  erupts  at  four  and  a  half  to  five  years. 

First  Molar — Reaches  the  alveolar  margin  at  one  year, 
expels  the  temporary  shell  at  one  and  a  half  years  and  be- 
comes concerned  in  mastication  soon  after. 

Second  Molar — Reaches  the  alveolar  margin  at  two 
years,  expels  the  temporary  shell  at  two  and  a  half  years 
and  gains  the  level  of  the  first  molar  a  month  or  two  later. 

Third  Molar — Reaches  the  level  of  the  alveolar  margin 
at  three  years,  expels  the  temporary  shell  at  three  and  a 
half  years  and  gains  the  table  level  at  about  four  years. 

Fourth  Molar — Erupts  at  nine  months  and  becomes  con- 
cerned in  mastication  at  ten  to  eleven  months. 

Fifth  Molar — Erupts  at  two  and  a  half  years  and  gains 
the  table  level  several  months  later. 

Sixth  Molar — Erupts  between  the  ages  of  four  and  five 
vears.  As  in  the  horse,  its  outward  progress  is  hindered  by 
the  hardness  of  the  jaws  at  that  age. 

CARNIVORA. 

Central  Incisor — Erupts  at  three  to  four  months. 

Lateral  Incisor — Erupts  at  three  to  four  months. 

Corner  Incisor — Erupts  at  five  to  live  and  a  half  months. 
Canines — Erupt  at   five   to  six  months,  common  to  both 
sexes. 

First  Molar — Erupts  at  three  months,  and  has  no  tem- 
])orary  predecessor. 

Second  Molar — Eruj^ts  at  five  to  six  months. 

Third  Molar — Erupts  at  five  to  six  months. 

Fourth  Molar — Erupts  at  five  to  six  months. 

Fifth  Molar — Erupts  at  four  to  five  months. 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  65- 

Sixth  Molar — Erupts  at  five  to  six  months. 
Seventh  Molar — Erupts  at  seven  months. 

OMNIVORA. 

Central  Incisor — Erupts  at  two  and  a  half  years. 

Lateral  Incisor — Erupts  at  three  years. 

Corner  Incisor — Erupts  at  six  months. 

Canine — Erupts  at  one  year  and  is  common  to  both  sexes. 

First  Molar — Erupts  at  birth  and  is  a  permanent  tooth. 

Second  Molar — Erupts  at  two  years. 

Third  Molar — Erupts  at  two  to  two  and  a  half  years 

Fourth  Molar — Erupts  at  six  months. 

Fifth  Molar — Erupts  at  one  year. 

Sixth  Molar — Erupts  at  one  and  a  half  to  two  years. 

Seventh  Molar — Erupts  at  three  years. 

NUMBER  OF  PERMANENT  TEETH. 

Incisors.      Canines.      Molars.  Total. 

Horse    12  4  24  40 

Mare    12  o  24  36 

Ox    8  o  24  T^2 

Pig    12  4  28  44 

Dog  12  4  26  42 

Cat    12  4  14  30 

Rabbit    6  o  22  28 

NUMBER  OF  TEMPORARY  TEETH. 

Incisors.     Canines.     Molars.  Total. 

Horse    12  o  12  24 

Ox   8  o  12  20 

Pig    12  4  12  28 

Dog  12  4  24  30 

Cat   12  4  10  26 

Rabbit    8  o  24  32 


66  ANIMAL  DP:NTIS'rRV. 


FORMULAE  OF  THE  TEMPORARY  AND  PERMA- 
NENT DENTURES  OF  DOMESTIC  ANIMALS. 


HORSE. 

Temporary, 

3-- 

•••3                    0 

,  .0 

3--- 

0 
•  •  •  0 

Incisors  :■ 

— 

Canines : — 

Molars: 

— 

3--- 

•••3                      0 

Permanent. 

.  .0 

-> 

0  •  •  • 

•  ■  •  0 

3--- 

...3                      I.... 

.  .  I 

6... 

...G 

Incisors  :• 

— 

Canines : — 

Molars : 

— 

• 

3--- 

...3                       I.... 

OX. 

Temporary. 

.  .  I 

6... 

...6 

4... 

...4                     0.... 

.  .0 

3--- 

Incisors : 

— 

Canines : — 

Molars: 

— 

0. .  . 

.  .  .0                       0.  .  .  . 
Permanent. 

.  .0 

3--- 

•••3 

4..  . 

. ..4                     0.. . . 

.  .0 

6... 

...6 

Incisors : 

— 

Canines  : — 

?\Iolars : 

— 

0. .  . 

.  .  .0                       0.  .  .  . 

DOG. 

Temporary. 

.  .0 

6... 

...6 

3-- 

...3                      I.... 

. .  I 

3--- 

•••3 

Incisors : 

:— 

Canines : — 

Molars : 

: — 

3--- 

...3                        1.... 

. .  I 

3--- 

•••3 

ANIMAL   DENTISTRY.  67 


Permanent. 

3"- 

•••3                     I 

.  .  I 

6... 

...6 

Incisors  : 

— 

Canines : — 

Molars : 

— 

3--- 

•••3                     I 

CAT. 

Temporary. 

.  .  I 

7... 

...7 

3--- 

...3                      I.... 

.  .  I 

3-- 

•••3 

Incisors : 

— 

Canines  : — 

Molars: 

— 

3--- 

...3                      I..  .. 
Permanent. 

.  .  I 

2. . . 

. .  .2 

3--- 

...3                      I.... 

.  .  I 

4... 

...4 

Incisors : 

— 

Canines : — 

Molars : 

— 

3--- 

...3                      I.... 

PIG. 

Temporary. 

.  .1 

3--- 

•••3 

3-.- 

...3                      I.... 

.  .  I 

3-.- 

•••3 

Incisors : 

— 

Canines : — 

Molars : 

— 

3--- 

...3                       I.... 
Permanent. 

.  .  I 

3--- 

•••3 

3--- 

...  3                      I .  .  .  . 

.  .  I 

7... 

...7 

Incisors : 

— 

Canines : — 

Molars: 

— 

3-- 

...3                       I.... 

.  .  I 

7... 

...7 

CHAPTER  III. 

RETROGRESSION  OF  THE  TEMPORARY  TEETH. 

The  temporary  teeth  attain  their  greatest  capacity  and 
length  at  the  time  of  eruption,  after  which  event  they  at  once 
begin  to  retrogress  under  the  influences  of  pressure  ab- 
sorption at  the  root  and  of  wear  from  mastication  at  the 
ta1)le  extremity,  until  only  a  shell  remains  to  be  expelled 
into  the  mouth.  The  first  event  of  this  character  (shed- 
ding) occurs  to  the  first  and  second  molars  at  two  and  a 
half  years,  and  the  last  to  the  corner  incisors  at  four  and  a 
half  years,  after  which  time  the  denture  is  entirely  free 
from  temporary  teeth.  The  order  of  shedding  of  the  tem- 
porary teeth  in  solipeds  is  as  follows: 

(i)  Two  and  a  half  years,  the  first  and  second  molars 
and  the  central  incisors. 

(2)  Three  to  three  and  a  half  years,  the  third  molars  and 
the  lateral  incisors. 

(3)  Four  and  a  half  years,  the  corner  incisors. 

This  order  may  be  made  to  apply  to  all  ruminants  and 
solipeds.  In  the  carnivora  the  destruction  of  the  temporary 
denture  is  remarkably  rapid,  as  at  the  age  of  seven  months 
no  temporary  teeth  remain. 

RETROGRESSION  OF  THE  PERMANENT  TEETH. 

The  retrogression  of  the  permanent  teeth  is  the  most  im- 
portant feature  of  dentistry  of  animals.  It  includes  the  wear 
and  eventual  destruction  of  the  teeth.  The  teeth  of  solipeds 
and  ruminants  attain  their  maximum  length  and  volume 
the  second  year  after  eruption.     During  the  first  year  they 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


69 


g-ain  in  length  and  volume  by  expansion  of  the  fang,  but 
lose  slightly  by  wear.  The  growth,  however,  exceeds  the 
wear  during  the  first  year.  During  the  second  year  the  wear 
and  growth  are  about  equal.  The  greatest  length  of  the 
teeth  is  therefore  attained  during  the  second  twelve  months 
of  their  existence  within  the  mouth.     During  the  succeed- 


FlG.  46. 
The   Destruction  of  a  Temporary  Tooth   by  the   Permanent. 

A.  Temporary  shell. 

B.  Permanent  tooth. 

ing  years  the  teeth  do  not  grow,- but  instead  undergo  a 
gradual  and  regular  process  of  destruction  under  two  in- 
fluences : 

(i)  Wear  from  mastication,  which  slowly  shortens  th^ 
length  of  the  tooth. 

(2)  Receding  of  the  alveolar  margin,  which  gradually 
shortens  the  depth  of  the  alveolar  cavity. 

In  the  herbivorous  animals  both  of  these  influences  are 


70  ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 

at  work  to  a  remarkable  degree,  while  in  the  carnivora  and 
omnivora  only  the  second  influence  is  concerned  in  the  de- 
structive process.  In  the  herbivora  the  length  of  the  teeth 
varies  from  the  long-,  three  or  four-inch  tooth  of  the  young 
subject,  to  the  short,  half-inch  tooth  of  extreme  old  age 
(from  the  wear  of  mastication),  while  the  alveolar  cavity 
varies  from  the  exceedingly  deep  excavation  of  youth  to 
the  shallow,  flattened  cavity  of  old  age.  The  diminution  in 
the  depth  of  the  alveolar  cavity  occurs  in  all  the  animals,  and 
is  solely  responsible  for  senile  self-extraction  in  the  animals 
having  simple  teeth.  In  the  animals  having  simple  teeth  the 
table  retains  its  enamel  covering  through  life,  and  the  tooth 
does  not  diminish  in  length  from  wear. 

I.  Wear  from  mastication. — When  the  teeth  of  the  ru- 
minant and  soliped  first  enter  into  the  process  of  mastica- 
tion they  are  covered  with  enamel  over  the  grinding  sur- 
face. The  enamel  in  addition  dips  deeply  into  the  body  of 
the  tooth  around  the  infundibula.  As  soon  as  wear  begins 
the  surface  enamel  of  the  table  at  once  wears  off,  exposing 
the  dentine  and  leaving  only  the  edges  of  the  enamel  organ 
on  the  grinding  surface.  The  dentine,  ordinarily  a  sensitive 
substance,  becomes  hard  and  insensitive  along  the  table 
surface,  by  the  deposit  of  dentinal  cells  within  its  tubules. 
The  area  of  insensitiveness  extends  throughout  the  entire 
table  and  to  the  depth  of  one  to  two  millimeters  during  the 
first  year  of  wear,  but  in  the  subsequent  three  or  four  years 
it  descends  to  the  depth  of  one  centimeter  or  even  more.  At 
the  age  of  ten  to  twelve  years  it  has  descended  to  more  than 
one-third  of  the  entire  tooth  in  the  molars,  and  to  the  depth 
of  about  two  centimeters  in  the  incisors.  When  the  animal 
has  passed  the  age  of  eighteen  the  tooth  is  practically  a  dead 
organ  so  far  as  the  sensibility  of  the  dentine  is  concerned. 
That  the  stimulus  to  the  proliferation  of  dentinal  cells  (os- 
teo-dentine)  is  wear  is  demonstrated  in  the  fact  that  teeth 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


71 


that  do  not  contact  opposing  teeth   (e.  g.,  brachygnathism) 
are  sensitive  to  the  very  tips. 

During  youth  and  through  the  prime  of  life  the  active 
tooth  wears  at  the  rate  of  about  two  milHmeters  each  year. 
In  the  asred  animal  the  loss  is  slower.     In  the  case  of  the 


^30yrs. 


Fig.  47. 

An  Illustration  of  the  Change  in  Sliape  of  the  Incisor  Tahles  as  a  Result  of 

Wear,   from  6  Years  to  30  Years. 

visible  teeth  (the  incisors)  the  wear  brings  to  the  surface 
of  the  table  a  constantly  changing  picture,  by  exposing  to 
view  the  different  consecutive  parts  of  the  tooth,  from  the 
flattened  table  of  youth  to  the  triangular  table  of  old  age. 
The  most  striking  change  in  the  teeth  from  wear  occurs 


72  AXLMAI.  DENTISTRY. 

to  the  incisor  teeth,  especially  tlie  inferiors,  which  furnish 
the  best  evidence  of  the  a^^e  after  the  fifth  year.  First,  by 
chanq-es  in  the  infnn(hl)n]uni  and  then  by  change  in  tlie 
shape  of  the  table  surface.  The  infundibuhim  of  the  tooth  is 
produced  by  the  infolding  of  the  enamel  into  the  body  of 
the  tooth  to  a  depth  of  one  and  a  half  to  two  and  a  half 
centimeters.  The  bottom  of  the  cavity  thus  formed  is  filled 
with  crusta  petrosa,  Init  the  outer  end  is  empty  and  consti- 
tutes the  cup.  which  becomes  blackened  by  the  chemical 
action  of  foods  and  saliva.  The  infundibula  of  the  incisors 
are  shaped  like  a  flattened  cone  with  the  apex  inward  and 
the  elliptical  opening  outward.  When  the  tooth  is  but  a 
virgin,  the  cup,  made  more  apparent  by  its  dark  color,  pre- 
sents an  elliptical  opening  at  the  table  surface,  but  as  the 
crown  w^ears  aw^ay  it  becomes  shorter  and  more  rounded 
and  disappears  entirely  when  the  crown  has  worn  as  far 
as  the  crusta  petrosa  that  fills  the  bottom  of  the  infundibula. 
Thereafter  the  infundibula  are  not  dark  but  are  recognized 
by  their  surrounding  enamel,  at  first  still  elliptical,  but  final- 
ly becoming  small  circular  rings  located  well  toward  the 
posterior  border  of  the  tal)les.  Tn  the  study  of  dental  wear 
the  cup  must  not  be  mistaken  for  the  infundibuhim,  as  "cup" 
refers  only  to  the  unfilled  portion  of  the  infun(lil)ulum.  The 
cups  of  the  incisor  teeth  disappear  three  years  after  erup- 
tion, and  the  infundibuhim  about  ten  years  to  fifteen  years 
after. 

The  molar  teeth  have  two  infundibula  extending  deeply 
into  the  fang.  They  are  entirely  filled  with  crusta  petrosa 
and  would  entirely  escape  notice  but  for  the  presence  of 
a  small  dark  spot  in  the  center. 

In  shape  the  tables  change  even  more  than  in  their 
infundibula.  In  the  young  tooth  the  table  is  fiattened  from 
before  backw^ard,  but  as  the  crowns  wear  away  the  other 
parts  of  the  tooth  come  to  the  surface.     The  table  becomes 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  73 

first  triangular,  then  round  and  finally  in  extreme  age  flat- 
tened from  side  to  side.  The  triangular  shape  makes  its  ap- 
pearance almost  as  soon  as  the  cups  disappear  in  the  central 
and  lateral  incisors,  while  the  corners  maintain  their  ob- 
long shape  until  after  the  age  of  twelve,  and  even  never 
become  as  distinctly  triangular  as  the  former.     (See  Fig.  47.) 

2.  Receding  of  the  alveolar  margin  is  more  prominent 
in  the  herbivora  than  in  the  other  species,  although  it  con- 
stitutes a  feature  of  dental  retrogression  in  all  animals. 
Through  its  influence  the  teeth  lose  their  implantation  by 
gradual  stages  until  in  extreme  old  age  they  are  held  in 
position  only  by  the  gums  and  small  pits  in  the  jaw,  which 
retain  the  remaining  roots. 

In  the  incisor  arcades  the  alveolar  margin  recedes  much 
faster  than  the  teeth  wear  at  the  table,  which  circumstance 
results  in  the  elongation  of  the  crowns  as  the  animal  be- 
comes older.  In  rare  cases  the  reverse  occurs  and  the 
crowns  become  shorter  A\'ith  age,  but  this  incident  results 
only  when  the  teeth  are  defective  in  cpiality.  The  long 
crowns  of  the  incisor  teeth  of  old  horses  due  to  the  re- 
ceding jaw,  is  responsible  for  the  general  impression  that 
the  teeth  grow  in  length  and  that  they  are  longer  in  old 
than  in  young  horses. 

The  receding  process  is  also  responsible  for  the  gradual 
change  in  the  inclination  (angle)  of  the  incisor  teeth.  The 
angle  formed  by  the  incisor  teeth  at  the  contact  point  is 
obtuse  in  the  young,  but  changes  gradually  into  a  very  acute 
one  in  the  aged  animal.  This  change  is  the  result  of  the 
great  curvature  in  the  incisor  tooth,  which  in  the  young 
animal  is  implanted  into  a  deep  curved  cavity.  As  the 
tooth  wears  the  part  projecting  forwards  becomes  exposed 
and  the  increased  inclination  results.  The  incisor  teeth,  like 
all  teeth  of  herbivora,  are  longest  in  the  young  animal,  but 


74  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 

have  a  longer  exposed  portion  (crown)  in  the  aged  subject, 
owing  to  the  receding  of  the  alveolar  margin. 

A  SUMMARY  OF  DENTAL  EVOLUTION  AND  RET- 
ROGRESSION APPLIED  TO  THE  DE- 
TERMINATION OF  AGE. 

The  age  of  the  horse  is  determined  by  the  examination 
of  the  incisor  teeth,  and  in  certain  instances  tlic  molars,  as 
follows : 

(i)      From  birth  to  one  year  by  the  evolution  of  the 
temporary  incisors. 

(2)  From  one  year  to  two  and  a  half  years  by  the 

eruption  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  molars  and 
the  evolution   of  the  temporar}-   incisors. 

(3)  From  two  and  one-half  years  to  five  years  by 

the  retrogression  of  the  temporary  incisors, 
the  evolution  of  the  canines  and  the  evolu- 
tion of  the  sixth  molar. 

(4)  From  five  and  a  half  years  to  nine  years  by  the 

retrogression  of  the  infundibula  of  the  in- 
ferior incisors. 

(5)  From  nine  years  to  old  age  by: 

(i)      Changes  in  the  shape  of  the  tables  of  the  in- 
ferior incisors. 

(2)  Changes  in  the  anterior  face  of  the  superior 

incisor  arcades. 

(3)  Changes  in  the  inclination  of  the  incisor  ar- 

cades. 

(4)  Changes  in  the  crown  of  the  canines. 

(5)  Changes  in  the  molars. 

FROM  BIRTH  TO  ONE  YEAR. 

The  colt  at  birth,  or  within  a  day  or  two  after,  has  four 
incisor   teeth — the   superior   and   inferior   nippers,   and    three 


Animal  dentistry.  75 

molars  in  each  arcade,  the  first  second,  and  third.  The 
crowns  of  the  incisors  are  short  and  contact  only  at  the 
anterior  margin.  The  infundibula  are  wide,  elliptical  and 
deep,  and  their  posterior  boundaries  are  buried  within  the 
gums.  At  one  month  the  posterior  edges  of  the  infundibula 
are  exposed  and  the  lateral  incisors  are  breaking  through 
the  gums.  Two  weeks  later  their  crowns  answer  the  same 
description  as  the  centrals  at  birth.  During  the  next  eight 
or  nine  months  there  is  no  great  change  in  the  arcades  ex- 
cept the  elongation  of  the  crowns,  which  resemble  a  cone 
broken  off  at  its  apex.     The  tenth  month  is  marked  by  the 


"1  \ 

1:  \ 


Fig.  47a. 
Inferior  Incisors  at  Birth. 

eruption   of  the   corner   incisors   and  the   fourth   permanent 
molars. 

FROM  ONE  TO  TWO  AND  A  HALF  YEARS. 

The  absence  of  any  prominent  event  during  this  period 
makes  the  determination  of  age  rather  ditTicult.  The  incisor 
teeth  become  large  and  prominent  in  all  the  features  of 
teeth,  and  are  not  easily  recognized  from  permanent  teeth. 
If  unassisted  by  the  colt-appearance  of  the  subject  the  mouth 
during  the  last  part  of  this  period  is  readily  mistaken  for  a 
full  mouth  of  permanent  incisors.  When  any  doubt  ex- 
ists the  examination  of  the  molars  will  reveal  the  presence 
of  but  four  teeth  in  each  arcade.  At  the  age  of  two  to  two 
and  a  half  years  the  fifth  molar  will  be  found  breaking 
through  the  gums.     The  incisors  are  white,  have  a  some- 


t(^ 


ANLMAL   DKXTISTRV 


Figs.  48  and  49. 

Anterior    View   of   llie    Incisor    Denture    at    12   Months. 

Incisors    ('{"able   View)    at    12   Months. 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY 


77 


Fig.  50. 
Incisor   Denture   at   15   Months    (Table   View). 


78 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


Fig.  51. 
Incisor  Denture  of  a  Colt  at   t8  ]\Tonths   (Tabic-  View"). 


ANIMAL  DENTISTKY 


79 


Fig.  52. 
Incisor  Denture  at  2  Years    (Table  View). 


80 


ANIMAL   DENTIS'I^KV. 


what  proiiiiiK'iil  neck  and  are  separated  with  ^unis  shaped  as 
an  inverted  cone.  'J'lie  crowns  do  not  contact  one  another 
throughout  their  entire  length,  as  in  the  horse  five  and  a 
half  to  six  years  old,  for  which  the  two-year-old  might  be 
mistaken.  The  absence  of  canines  (in  the  male)  will  also 
assist  in  making  the  differentiation.  The  confusion  is  most 
likely  to  occur  in  the  examination  of  a  thoroughbred  or  trot- 
ter with  a  well  developed  muscular  system,  and  the  habits  of 
an  older  horse  from  training. 

FROM  TWO  AND  A  HALF  TO  FIVE  YEARS. 

The  determination  of  age  during  this  period  is  more 
simple  and  more  certain  than  at  any  other  period  of  the 
horse's  life,  owing  to  the  three  successive  prominent  events 
occurring  during  this  period.  At  two  and  a  half  years  the 
central  temporary  incisors  are  readily  recognized  1)y  being 
loose  preparatory  to  shedding.  At  three  years  old  they  are 
cast  of¥  and  the  permanent  successors,  broad  and  shiny,  are 
seen  protruding  beneath,  leaving  an  interrupted  surface  in 
the  arcade.  y\t  three  and  a  half  to  four  years  the  laterals 
undergo  the  same  transformation,  and  at  four  and  a  half  to 
five,  the  corners.  The  five-year-old  mouth  is  recognized  by 
the  deep,  oblong  infundibula  of  the  centrals  and  laterals 
and  the  imdeveloped  condition  of  the  corners.  The  latter 
are  bluish-white,  have  a  short  crown  and  do  not  contact  their 
opponents.  The  posterior  edge  of  the  table  is  still  Iniricd 
within  the  gums.  The  canines  are  already  visible  in  both 
the  jaws,  but  especially  in  the  inferior,  and  the  molar  arcades 
are  completed.  At  two  and  a  half  years  the  first  and  sec- 
ond molars  cast  ofT  the  temporary  shells,  at  three  the  third 
molar  casts  off  its  predecessor,  and  at  four  to  four  and  a 
half  the  sixth  molar  erupts,  leaving  at  the  end  of  this  period 
a  full  mouth  of  permanent  teeth. 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


■?1 


Fig.  53. 
Incisor  Denture  Approaching  2j^  Years   (Table  View). 


tl 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


Fig.  54. 
\ncisor   Denture   at  25/2  Years    (Table   View). 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


83 


Fig.  55- 
Incisor  Denture  at  3  Years   (Table  View). 


84 


ANIMAL   DEXTISTRV. 


Fig.  56. 
^ncisor  Denture  at  3   Years    (Anterior  View). 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


£5 


Fig.  57. 
Incisor   Denture   at  3;/.   Years    (Table   View). 


56 


AMIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


Fic.  58. 
Incisor  Denture  at  4  Years   (Table  View). 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


87 


Fig.  59. 
Incisor  Denture  at  4  Years    (Anterior  View). 


88 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


Fig.  6o. 
Incisor  and  Canine  Dentures  at  41I  Years  (Table  View). 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY.  89 

FROM  FIVE  TO  EIGHT  YEARS. 

The  age  during  this  period  is  determined  by  changes  in 
the  infundibula  of  the  inferior  incisors,  the  cups  of  which 
disappear  in  regular  succession,  beginning  with  the  centrals. 
In  some  instances  a  small  round  spot  remains  for  several 
years  in  the  center  of  the  infundibulum,  but  this  event  must 
be  regarded  as  equivalent  to  the  disappearance.  The  disap- 
pearance of  the  blackened  cup  is  marked  by  the  appearance 
of  the  crusta  petrosa  filling  the  bottom  of  the  infundibulum. 
At  six  years  old  the  central  cup  disappears,  at  seven  the 
lateral  cup.  and  at  eight  the  corner  one  has  become  shallow 
and  rounded.  The  cup  of  the  corner  inferior  incisor  is  more 
persistent  than  that  of  the  centrals  and  laterals,  and  may 
remain  quite  prominent  even  at  the  age  of  ten  to  eleven 
years.  Its  change  in  shape  from  elliptical  to  round  is  equal- 
ly valuable  in  the  determination  of  the  age  at  that  period. 

FROM  NINE  YEARS  TO  OLD  AGE. 

After  the  age  of  nine  years  the  retrogressive  changes 
continue  incessantly,  but  without  any  prominent  event  to 
mark  the  exact  age.  The  age  of  the  horse  is  henceforth 
only  estimated. 

Nine  years — The  age  of  nine  years  is  easily  determined 
by  the  appearance  of  the  crusta  petrosa  groove  at  the  gingi- 
val margin  of  the  superior  corner  incisor  and  the  slight 
downward  curvature  of  the  gums  at  that  point.  The  infun- 
dibula of  the  inferior  incisors  are  nearer  to  the  posterior  bor- 
der of  the  taldes  of  the  centrals,  which  are  now  quite 
triangular.  The  inferior  corner  incisors  are  still  oblong, 
present  a  rounded  black  cup  and  are  beginning  to  show  the 
first  sign  of  increased  inclination  of  the  incisor  arcades.  The 
anterior  surfaces  of  the  teeth  are  becoming  yellow. 


00 


ANIMAL   DEXTIS'I'RV 


Fic.  6i. 
Incisor   Denture    Arprnaching  5   Years    (Table   View). 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


91 


Fig.  62. 
Incisor  Denture  at  5  Years   (Table  View), 


92 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


P^IG.   63. 

Incisor  Denture  at  Sl<  Years  (Tahlc  View). 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


93 


Fig.  64. 
Incisor  Denture  at  6  Years   (Table  View). 


94 


AN  I  iM  AL   l)E  X  Tl  STR  Y 


"^-•^'**aMtHili'!'ii|i;i|;i;i;!ll:i|i!lj 
Fjg.  65. 
Incisor  Denture  at  6  Years    (Anterior  View). 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


95 


Fig.  65.'\. 
Incisor  Denture  at  6  Years    (Lateral  View),  with   Dark  Lines   Showing  In- 
clination 


96 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY 


Fig.  66. 
Incisor  Denture  at  6j/'  Years  (Table  View). 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


97 


Fig.  66a. 
Incisor  Denture  of  a  Mare  at  6K  Years  (Table  View) , 


98 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


Fig.  67. 
Incisor  Denture  at  7  Years    f Table  View). 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


99 


Fig.  68. 
Incisor    Denture   at   7    Years,    Dark    Lines    Showing   Inclination. 


100 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


Fig.  69. 
Incisor  Denture  of  a  Mare  at  7  Years    (Table  View). 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


101 


Fig.  70. 
Incisor  Denture  at  8  Years   (Table  View). 


102 


Fir,.  71. 
Incisor  and  Canine  Dentures  at  9  Years   (Table  View). 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


103 


Fig.  72. 
Incisor  Denture   at  9  Years,   with   Dark   Lines   Showing  the   Inclination. 


104 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


Fi.;.  73. 
Incisor  Denture  of  a  Mare  at  9  Years    (Table  View). 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY.  105 

Ten  to  twelve  years — The  inferior  centrals  and  laterals 
are  more  triangular,  the  cups  of  the  inferior  corners  are 
disappearing  entirely,  the  enamel  around  the  infundibula 
of  the  centrals  and  laterals  is  changing  from  oblong  to  round, 
the  crusta  petrosa  groove  on  the  superior  corners  is  two 
to  three  millimeters  long  and  is  appearing  on  the  laterals 
and  centrals,  and  finally  the  length  of  the  crowns  of  the 
superior  incisors  is  markedly  increased.  The  crowns  of  the 
canines  are  large  and  are  becoming  rounded  at  the  gingival 
margin.  The  inclination  of  the  incisor  arcades  is  now  a 
marked  feature  of  the  mouth  and  is  recognized  by  a  mere 
glance  at  the  lateral  aspect  of  the  arcades.    (Figs.  74,  75,  y6.) 

Thirteen  to  fifteen  years — The  crusta  petrosa  groove  on 
the  superior  corner  incisor  is  nearing  the  middle  of  the 
crown,  the  tables  are  markedly  triangular,  the  crowns  of 
the  superior  incisors  are  becoming  widely  separated  from 
the  gums,  and  are  l)ecoming  narrow  near  the  gingival  mar- 
gin, the  infundibula  of  the  central  and  lateral  inferior  in- 
cisors are  now  but  small  circles  of  enamel — the  enamel 
island — projecting  above  the  level  of  the  dentine  and  located 
well  toward  the  posterior  aspect  of  the  table,  and  the  gingi- 
val margin  of  the  superior  central  incisors  is  much  lower 
than  that  of  the  laterals.  The  crowns  of  the  canines  are 
round  at  the  gingival  margin      (Fig.  yy.) 

Sixteen  to  twenty  years — The  inclination  of  the  incisor 
arcades  is  so  pronounced  that  the  inferior  incisors  pro- 
ject forward  almost  on  a  straight  line  with  the  jaw,  the 
superior  corner  incisor  is  grooved  almost  to  the  contact 
border,  the  crusta  petrosa  grooves  extend  well  downward 
over  the  crowns  of  all  the  incisors,  the  crown  of  the  cen- 
trals is  shorter  than  that  of  the  laterals,  the  infundibula  have 
either  disappeared  entirely  or  exist  only  in  the  form  of 
small  projections  of  enamel  near  the  posterior  border  of  the 
tables  of  the  inferior  incisors,  the  crowns  of  all  the  superior 


106 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


Fig.  74. 
Incisor  and  Canine  Dentures  at  10  Years  (Table  View). 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


107 


Fig.  75. 
Incisor  Denture  at  12  Years   (Table  View). 


108 


ANIMAT.    DENTISTRY 


Fk;.  'jCx 

Incisor  Denture  Between  the  Ages  of  lo  and   u,  Inclusive,  wilii  Dark  Lines 

Showini'-  the  Inclination. 


ANIlvrAL  DENTISTRY. 


109 


Fig.  ^7. 
Incisor  and  Canine  Dentures  at  13  and  15  Years  (Table  View). 


no 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


Fig.  7«. 
Incisor  and  Canine  Dentures  at  i6  to  20  Years  (Table  View). 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


Ill 


Fig.  78a. 
Incisor  Denture  of  a  Mare  from  16  to  20  Years  (Table  View), 


J 12 


ANIMAL   DKNTISTRV 


Fig.  79. 
Incisor  Denture  -at   16  to   20  Years,   with    Dark    Line   Showing   Average    In- 

chnatinn. 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  II3 

incisors,  with  the  possible  exception  of  the  corners,  are  long 
and  completely  conceal  the  inferior  incisors  from  an  an- 
terior view  when  the  mouth  is  closed,  the  contact  edge  of 
the  superior  incisor  arcade  overlaps  that  of  the  inferior,  and 
finally  the  tables  of  the  central  inferior  incisors  are  becoming 
circular  and  even  flattened  from  side  to  side.     (Figs.  78,  79.) 

Twenty  to  twenty-five  years — The  mouth  presents  all 
the  features  of  the  foregoing  paragraph  with  the  exception 
that  the  enamel  island,  representing  the  last  vestige  of  the 
infundibulum,  has  entirely  disappeared  and  is  replaced  by 
either  a  light  or  dark  spot — -the  dental  star — which  repre- 
sents the  obliterated  pulp  cavity.  The  tables  are  round  and 
the  external  enamel  around  them  projects  beyond  the  sur- 
face of  the  dentine  v\'ithin,  and  the  crowns  of  the  superior 
incisors  are  widely  separated  with  gums  and  are  very  nar- 
row at  the  gingival  end.     (Fig.  79.) 

Old  age — The  mouth  of  an  old  horse  may  present  either 
very  long  or  very  short  (worn  out)  incisor  teeth.  If  long, 
the  implantation  can  be  disturbed  on  manipulation  and  can 
almost  be  extracted  wnth  the  fingers.  If  short,  the  crowns 
at  the  tables  are  separated  one  from  another  by  the  gums, 
the  crowns  are  round  and  the  tables  of  the  inferior  centrals 
are  flattened  from  side  to  side.  The  canines  are  round  and 
the  molars  are  uneven,  easily  extracted,  and  their  roots  can 
be  felt  along  the  gingival  margin.  Often  a  number  of  molars 
are   absent   from   self-extraction. 

ROUTINE  OF  THE  EXAMINATION  OF  A  HORSE'S 
MOUTH  TO  DETERMINE  THE  AGE. 

I.  The  horse  is  approached  on  the  left  side  and  the  lips 
are  opened  laterally,  the  left  hand  elevating  the  upper  lip  as 
the  right  depresses  the  under  one,  thus  exposing  the  lateral 
aspect  of  the  incisor  arcades.     A  glance  at  the  inclination 


.14 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


Fi<;.  79.\. 
Incisor  a:ul  Canine  Dentures  at  _'0  lo  25  Years  (Table  View), 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY, 


115 


Fig.  So. 
Incisor  Denture  of  an  Old  Horse,  with  Dark  Lines   Showing  the  IncHnation. 


116 


ANIMAL    J  )i:  XT  IS  TRY 


will  determine  whclher  the  horse  is  old  or  young.  If  young 
a  second  glance  is  taken  to  determine  whether  the  exposed 
teeth  are  permanent  or  temporary. 


Fu;.  Si. 
Anterior  View  of  the  Incisor  Denture  of  an   Extremely  Old  Horse. 

2.  Without  releasing  the  hold  the  inspector  steps  to 
the  front  of  the  horse,  elevates  the  upper  lip  with  the  left 
hand  and  slips  the  second  and  third  finger  of  the  right  into 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  117 

the  interdental  space,  the  tirst  to  expose  the  superior  ar- 
cade and  the  latter  to  cause  the  horse  to  open  the  mouth 
slightly.  From  this  position  the  length,  color,  crusta  pe- 
trosa  grooves,  contiguity  of  the  crowns,  and  the  gingival 
margin  of  the  superior  arcade    are    inspected. 

3.  Without  changing  positions  the  left  hand  is  now 
placed  gently  into  the  interdental  space  as  the  right  one 
depresses  the  lower  lip  to  expose  the  tables  of  the  incisor 
teeth  to  determine  the  shape  of  the  tables,  the  absence,  ex- 
istence or  size  of  the  cups,  and  the  shape  of  the  internal 
enamel  surrounding  the  infundibula. 

4.  If  deemed  necessary,  without  changing  the  position 
the  left  hand  is  slipped  upward  along  the  left  molar  arcades, 
to  determine  the  number  and  condition  of  the  molar  teeth. 

ANOMALIES  OF  THE  TEETH,  NATURAL  AND 
ARTIFICIAL. 

Nature's  anomalies  in  dental  evolution  and  retrogression 
are  of  such  common  occurrence  that  any  set  rules  for  the 
determination  of  age  will  frequently  mislead  the  diagnos- 
tician. This  is  especially  the  case  when  one  or  two  features 
of  dental  growth  and  wear  are  depended  upon.  The  com- 
mon anomalies  of  the  teeth  are : 

(i)     Anomalies  of  eruption. 

(2)  Anomalies  of  the  texture  of  the  dental  tissues. 

(3)  Anomalies  of  the  infundibula. 

(4)  Anomalies  of  the  cups  of  the  infundibula. 

(5)  Anomalies  due  to  the  character  of  the  food. 

(i)  Eruption  of  the  teeth  will  vary  slightly  in  dif- 
ferent breeds  and  from  climate  and  artificial  influences.  In 
the  well-bred  horse,  the  thoroughbred,  hackneys  and  Ameri- 
can trotters,  in  which  the  development  is  forced  from  colt- 
hood,  the  temporary  teeth  erupt  several  months  earlier  than 
in  the  horse  reared  under  more  natural  conditions,  and  the 


118  ANIMAL    DKX'I'ISTRV. 

same  precocity  will  he  observed  in  the  sheddini;-  of  the  tem- 
porary teeth,  from  the  increased  amount  of  hard  food  in- 
gested at  an  age  when  the  teeth  are  still  defective  in  tex- 
ture. In  the  one-year-old  race  horse  that  is  trained  and 
fed  to  force  the  development  of  the  muscular  system  the 
teeth  will  share  in  the  development  providing  the  unnatural 
requirement   does   not   impair   the   general   health. 

(2)  The  texture  of  the  teeth  varies  in  difTerent  animals 
of  the  same  class  reared  under  the  same  conditions,  from 
causes  too  obscure  to  recognize.  Deficiency  in  the  inorganic 
proximate  principles  of  food  in  certain  districts  has  been 
observed  to  yield  horses  with  soft  teeth.  The  variation  in 
the  texture  of  the  teeth  will  either  hasten  or  retard  the 
retrogression  of  the  teeth.  AMicn  the  teeth  arc  hard  the 
events  by  which  age  is  determined  will  be  retarded,  and  as 
a  consequence  the  animal  will  appear  young.  When  the 
teeth  are  soft  the  reverse  occurs  and  the  animal  appears 
older.  The  anomalies  caused  by  the  varied  density  of  the 
tooth  substance  are  precocious  or  retarded  changes  in  the 
cups,  infundibula,  shape  of  the  tables  and  length  of  the 
crowns.  One  of  the  most  pronounced  results  of  soft  teeth 
is  the  shortening  instead  of  elongation  of  the  incisor  crowns 
as  the  animal  becomes  old. 

(3)  The  infundibula  of  the  incisor  teeth  may  vary 
greatly  as  to  their  depth.  They  may  be  very  shallow  in 
some  animals  and  very  deep  in  others,  and  thus  prove  mis- 
leading when  depended  upon  alone  in  the  determination  of 
age. 

(4)  The  cups  of  the  infundibula  are  equally  subject  to 
variations,  due  to  the  amount  of  crusta  petrosa  in  the  bot- 
tom of  the  infundibula.  In  some  teeth  the  infundibula  are 
almost  full  of  crusta  petrosa,  while  others  contain  but  a 
small  amount.  When  full  the  cup  disappears  early,  and 
when  empty  it  persists  longer.     This  anomaly  is  not  con- 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


119 


fusing  if  the  shape  of  the  infundibula  is  taken  into  account. 
(5)     Character  of  the  food  will  hasten  or  retard  the  wear 
of  the  teeth  to  a   remarkable  degree.     Grazing,  which    re- 
quires the  use  of  the  incisor  teeth  to  detach  the  food,  has  a 


Fig.  81A. 
Gouge. 


Fig.  81B. 
Bishoping  Drills. 


precocious  influence,  while  stable  feeding,  which  exacts  but 
little  work   from  the   incisors,  retards  the  wear. 

Artificial  anomalies  refer  to  alterations  in  the  appearance 
of  the  incisor  teeth  by  the  use  of  instruments.  Deviation 
from  the  normal   may  result   from  : 

(i)      Shortening  of  the  crowns  of  the  incisors,  espe- 


120  AXIMAL    DENTISTRY. 

cially  the  superior,  with  the  incisor  nipper  and  file. 

(2)  I'ohshing  the   anterior   surface   of   the   superior 
incisors. 

(3)  Renewal  of  the  cups  by  drilling  and  staining. 

1.  Shortening  of  the  crowns  of  the  superior  incisors  will 
deceive  only  the  novice  or  the  careless  expert.  The  ar- 
tificially shortened  crown  is  promptly  recognized  by  the  in- 
terrupted contact  of  the  anterior  margin  of  the  arcades,  if 
not  by  the  other  retrogressive  changes  which  cannot  be  ef- 
faced. The  operation  is  performed  with  an  ordinary  incisor 
nipper  and  file.  The  first  step  is  to  cut  ofT  the  anterior  end 
of  the  superior  corners  where  they  contact  the  laterals,  and 
then  file  them  to  the  length  decided  upon.  Then  using  this 
length  as  a  guide,  a  groove  is  filed  across  the  entire  arcade, 
over  the  laterals  and  centrals.  The  teeth  are  then  cut  off 
along  the  groove  and  filed  to  a  regular,  smooth  edge,  and 
beveled  backw^ards  to  give  the  appearance  of  a  normal  su- 
perior table.  If  the  nipper  alone  is  used  without  first  groov- 
ing the  arcade,  the  enamel  may  chip  upward  and  ruin  the 
appearance  of  the  whole  arcade. 

2.  Polishing  the  crowns — After  shortening  the  arcade 
the  anterior  face  is  scraped  of  all  its  tartar  and  crusta  pe- 
trosa  with  a  curette,  and  then  whitened  wnth  emery  paper 
to  give  the  appearance  of  young  teeth.  This  operation  is 
also  performed  with  a  small  revolving  emery  wheel  applied 
to  the  flexible  shaft  of  a  dental  engine.  By  this  means  the 
grooves,  as  w'ell  as  the  incrustations,  can  be  removed.  The 
typical  bluish-white  color  of  young  enamel  can,  however, 
not  be  imitated,  and  besides,  the  yellow  color  will  soon  re- 
turn. 

3.  Renewal  of  the  cups  (Bishoping)  is  the  most  impor- 
tant of  tlie  artificial  attempts  to  make  horses  appear  younger, 
and  if  performed  intelligently  upon  horses  that  are  not  too 
old,  together  with,  the  above  operations,  even  the  vaunted 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY 


121 


expert  may  blunder.  The  operation  consists  of  cutting 
large  cups  in  the  inferior  corners,  smaller  ones  in  the  laterals 
and  mere  dots  in  the  centrals  and  then  staining  them  with 


Fu;.  82A. 
Wheel  Drill. 


Fig.  82. 
Dental    Engine. 


Fig.  82B. 
The   Polishing  Wheel. 


silver  nitrate.  The  cupping  process  is  performed  with  an 
engraver's  gouge,  revolving  hand  drill,  or  by  the  modern 
ingenious  implement  in  vogue  in  the  Chicago  horse  market, 


122 


AXLMAI.    I)i:X'IMS'rRY. 


consisting  of  the  foot  cnL^ine  used  by  human  dentists, 
equipped  with  a  circular  cutting  wheel,  by  which  cups  of  per- 
fectly normal  shape  and  size  can  be  made. 

Modus  operandi:     The  horse  is  backed  into  a  single  stall 


Fic.  83. 
An   8-Ycar-Oli!    Alouth    Aladc    '-6"    by   "Bishoping." 

and  secured  in  the  dental  halter.  An  assistant  works  the 
dental  engine  with  the  foot.  The  operator  holding  the  hand- 
piece of  the  flexible  shaft  in  the  right  hand  and  the  jaw  in 


Fic.  84. 
A  9  or   io-Ycar-01(l  Mouth  Made  "7"  l>y  "Rislioping." 

the  Other,  cuts  first  a  large  elliptical  cup  with  sharp  commis- 
sures in  the  table  of  the  corner  incisors,  then  smaller  ones 
in  the  laterals  and  small  dots  in  the  centrals.  As  the  wheel 
revolves  with  great  velocity,  the  cupping  is  the  work  of  but 


ANIMAL  DENTLSTRY.  j[23 

a  moment,  if  the  horse  stands  complacently.  When  the  cor- 
ner tooth  has  but  a  small  table  it  is  enlarged  by  filing  and 
the  cup  is  cut  across  its  entire  length.  The  cup  in  the  cor- 
ners is  frequently  made  with  a  rounded  belly  internally  and 
a  sharp  commissure  externally  to  give  a  more  confusing  if 


Fig.  85. 

not  more  natural  appearance.  When  the  cupping  process 
is  complete  the  arcade  is  dried  and  kept  free  from  saliva  by 
wrapping  the  jaw  behind  the  teeth  with  a  cloth  or  towel. 
The  cups  are  then  stained  by  applying  a  saturated  solution 
of  silver  nitrate  with  a  stick  and  then  drying  it  immediately 


Fig.  86. 
Effect   of   "Bishoping"   Teeth  of  9  to    12- Year-Old  Horses. 

by  plunging  the  head  of  a  burning  match  into  it.  The  drying 
process  immediately  blackens  the  cavity.  If  the  stain  flows 
over  the  table  of  the  tooth  it  is  filed  off. 

Shortening,  polishing,  cupping  and  staining  the  incisor 
teeth  of  a  nine  or  ten-year-old  horse  may  be  so  cleverly  per- 


P  > 

ft 

3 

b 

0 

•0 

j- 

ft 

3 
u 

w 

Reaches 
its  greatest 

length, 
65    M.   M. 

•§ 

d 
■d 

d 

go 

.  ft 
u 

Reaches 

its  greatest 

length, 

68  M.  M. 

(U       be 

«S5 

d 

•0 

0 
•d 

■d 

tUo 

u. 

e|2 

si 
c 

o 
O 

ft  o  ^ 

E  0 

d 

■d 

Temporary 

tooth  sheds. 

Permanent 

erupts. 

Reaches 

its  greatest 

length, 

7,^  M.   M. 

^^4 

"  p 

d 

•d 

d 
•d 

i 

I-. 

«J  -  ui 

fe-5  " 

E2  2 

c 

P.: 

Temporary 

tooth   sheds. 

Permanent 

erupts. 

Reaches 

its  greatest 

length, 

55    M.    M. 

d 
-d 

d 
•d 

d 
-d 

t-. 

c 

o 

u 

O 

Temporary 

tooth 

in    wear. 

Temporary 

tooth   sheds. 

Permanent 

erupts. 

Reaches 

its  greatest 

length, 

48  M.   M. 

".5 

d 
•d 

d 

•d 

d 
■d 

<; 

b£ 
p  >■ 

•ft- 

0  rj   m 

ft  =  3 

ti 
p 

£ 

u 

o 
(J 

>> 

u 

e2  2 

d 
•a 

d 
•a 

d 
13 

>> 

d  „  ui 

a=s 

S2g 

H 

Temporary 

tooth  sheds. 

Permanent 

erupts. 

ID 
P 

k3 
H 

:1 

>> 
I-, 

E22 

0) 

C 

6 

•0 

d 
•a 

rt  ^  m 

^•S  p 

ft  0  w 

Temporary 

tooth   sheds 

Permanent. 

erupts. 

n! 
p 

ft>'ft 

3U 

d 
•d 

i4 

<: 

"!    -    M 

ao& 

E2  c 

si 
c 

0 

O 

nl  _  M 

fto  Si 

C  0  o 
C  •"   0 

Temporary 

tooth   sheds. 

Permanent 

eruDts. 

J) 
C 

ft'-'ft 

3  S  "^ 

d 

■d 

m    ■ 

ftE  0 

P 

H 
< 

aa 

W 

H 

W 
O 

Q 
< 
O 

MM 
Six 
O 

to 
to 

EC 

h 

Pi 
< 
W 

to 
w 

w 

H 

0 

toO 

toW 

FIVE  AND 

ONE-HALF 

YEARS. 

124 


SIXTH 
MOLAR, 

Reaches 

greatest 

length, 

6?    M.    M. 

6 

! 

Loses 

I   M.   M. 

in  length. 

d 
•d 

Loses 
3   M.   M. 
in   length. 

0     Tj.    0) 

«§5 

"E 

0 
to 

So 

„s5 

V    .  be 

d 

d 
•d 

••5 

o  o  O' 

OJ^   b£ 
00 

S   ■ 

^2a 

S'*   b£ 

^ 

0 
■a- 

d 

•0 

d 
•d 

d 

■d 

^5c 

O   M   <u 

5;^ 

a       bo 

0     M     <D 

0 

ss| 

"^S.E 

1= 
< 

go 

ft 

6 

d 

■d 

d 
-d 

Ism 

5.S 

CO 

pi 

2.E 

1^1 

0 
0 

6 

".S 

S       br 

isl 

5.S 

S^  be 

C     .   u 

°.E 

0 

6 

"  c 

6 

6 

■d 

d 
■d 

Jsl 

S       bf 

°sS 

m     .  C 

<; 

> 

o 

O 

d   M  0 

.2 

d 
'd 

.SE^ 

oj  C  oJ 

c2g-& 
OEt5 

o 

M    C  iJ 

C  cS  C 

2| 

d 
•d 

•d 
c     -d 

111 

d 
■d 

E       bont 

a  0    c 

w 
o 

ft  ^d 

ftg   0 

1 

>.E«  ■ 

b«0g  S 
*j  en  q  ft 

Ul: 

4)  ft  bo  o 

E^5.2 

in  be  >- 
C   "  g  D 
p   0         M 

2  c5*J^ 

0   "   Ci3   0 

E.2i  c 
E-S  £  u 

Eo£„ 

m  "^  * 
rt.ft'-i  a; 

h4 
< 

< 

"PI 

?8S 

E 
lE-g 

hi    . 
C-d 

E.H 

8d 
.2.2 

IT  ni 

is  o 

bii    . 

^  is 
'd'w.iS 

C  oi  3 

S;E§ 

.Em 

0 

•i«  ■ 

■  S  S^ 

ta  0)  ft,Q 
S  0  i-_S 

>  0  c\!  I- 

0  C-" 

n!  OJ     . 
"3.0  M 

(U^  0 

w 

ai        u 

ftg.E.S 

S 
=38S 

E 

^-    1 

C  u  P 

c 

h-^ 

E 

n 

h-l 

w 

H 

< 

izi 

WW 

WW 

>     WW 
^JqW^ 
WhH< 

W      H05 
Wo^°^ 

W      H*^ 

wSww, 

1 

125 


126  ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 

formed  that  tlic  most  circumspect  study  of  the  mouth  may 
fail  to  detect  the  alteration.  In  these  cases  the  cupping  is 
limited  to  the  removal  of  the  crusta  petrosa  within  the  in- 
fundibula,  thus  leaving  the  cup  with  a  perfect  enamel  bound- 
ary. At  that  age  the  other  retrogressive  changes  are  not 
pronounced  and  afford  but  little  evidence  to  guide  the  diag- 
nostician.    (See  Figs.  8^,  84,  85,  86.) 


Fig.  87. 
The    Ridiculous    Effect    of    "Bishoping"    Aged    Horses. 

When  horses  are  past  the  age  of  twelve  years  the  results 
of  these  operations  are  readily  detected  by  the  interrupted 
contact  of  the  incisor  arcades  and  especially  ])y  the  angle  of 
inclination,  which  is  never  altered  by  any  natural  anomaly 
and  which  cannot  be  artificially  changed.  The  shape  of  the 
tables  and  the  absence  of  enamel  around  the  cup  will  also 
lead  readily  to  detection  of  the  fraudulent  attempts  to  make 
very  old  horses  appear  younger.     (See  Fig.  87.) 


CHAPTER  IV. 

FUNCTION  OF  THE  TEETH. 

The  teeth  have  but  a  passive  function  to  perform  as  ac- 
cessory organs  of  prehension,  mastication  and  insaliva- 
tion,  and  as  organs  of  defense.  Their  uses  are  similar  in  all 
species,  varying  but  slightly  in  detail. 

The  incisors  serve  the  general  purpose  of  holding  food, 
after  the  lips  or  tongue  have  gathered  it  between  them,  and 
as  a  jerk  of  the  head  detaches  it.  In  the  ingestion  of  de- 
tached food  they  serve  no  useful  purpose  in  any  of  the  do- 
mestic animals.  In  all  the  domestic  mammals  except  rumi- 
nants they  are  important  organs  of  defense,  and  as  such  they 
are  most  useful  in  the  soliped.  The  incisors  of  carnivora  are 
so  much  shorter  than  the  canines  that  the  latter  inflict  the 
greatest  harm  to  an  enemy. 

The  canines  of  solipeds  are  common  only  to  males,  in 
which  animals  they  have  no  special  function  to  perform.  In 
the  carnivora  and  omnivora  they  serve  the  useful  purpose 
of  tearing  attached  food  preparatory  to  mastication,  besides 
constituting  the  principal  organs  of  defense.  In  these  ani- 
mals they  are  common  to  both  sexes  and  they  lock  over  each 
other  in  a  manner  to  hold  fast  to  any  object  into  which  they 
are  imbedded. 

The  molars  of  herbivora  are  the  mill-stones  of  the 
mechanism  of  mastication.  The  wide,  roughened  tables  of 
the  superior  molars,  and  the  series  of  strong  muscles  which 
move  the  inferior  ones  upon  them,  constitutes  the  principal 
features  of  a  perfect  grinding  apparatus  necessary  to  the 
welfare  of  animals  ingesting  coarse,  fibrous  food.  In  these 
animals  the  molars  grind  the  food  perfectly,  carefully  and 

127 


128  ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 

persistently,  and  at  the  same  time  incorporate  it  with  the 
abundant  saliva  essential  to  the  proper  digestion  of  amyla- 
ceous food.  In  ruminants  the  food  is  first  passed  by  the 
molars  with  only  nominal  conmiinution,  but  when  it  is  re- 
gurgitated during  rumination  it  is  as  carefully  masticated  as 
in  the  non-ruminating  animal.  Besides  the  function  of  mas- 
tication and  insalivation,  the  molars  might  correctly  be  class- 
ified as  tactile  organs,  as  they  readily  detect  the  presence  of 
undesirable  particles  of  food. 

In  the  carnivora  the  molars  serve  to  crack  hard  objects, 
as  bones,  into  smaller  particles  and  to  divide  large  pieces  of 
flesh  into  smaller  ones  simultaneously  with  surrounding  the 
particles  with  a  slimy  coat  of  saliva  to  facilitate  deglutition. 
In  these  animals  they  are  not  essential  organs,  as  the  food 
may  be  bolted  without  material  impairment  of  the  general 
health,  while  in  the  herbivora  the  molars  are  as  essential  to 
the  life  of  the  animal  as  any  of  the  internal  digestive  organs. 

PREHENSION. 

The  function  of  prehension  is  performed  by  the  lips,  in- 
cisor teeth,  canine  teeth  and  tongue.  When  the  food  has 
passed  the  incisors  and  canines,  and  the  mouth  is  closed,  it  is 
drawn  backward  to  the  molars  by  suction.  The  organs  of 
prehension  named  in  the  order  of  their  importance  in  the  dif- 
ferent animals  are  as  follows: 

Horse:  (i),  the  lips;  (2),  the  incisor  teeth;  (3),  the 
tongue. 

Ruminants:  (i),  the  tongue;  (2),  the  incisor  teeth  and 
dental  pad;  (3),  the  lips. 

Carnivora:  (i).  the  canine  teeth;  (2),  the  tongue;  (3), 
the  incisor  teeth;  (4),  the  lips.  In  the  ingestion  of  liquids 
the  tongue  alone  performs  the  function  by  dashing  the  liquid 
well  backward  into  the  mouth. 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY.  129 

Omnivora:  (i),  the  incisor  teeth;  (2),  the  canine 
teeth;  (3),  the  lips;  (4),  the  tongue. 

(In  sheep  and  goats  the  hps  are  very  motile  and  serve  to 
gather  attached  food  as  in  the  horse.) 

MECHANISM  OF  MASTICATION. 

The  organs  of  mastication  comprise  :  The  superior  max- 
illary, the  inferior  maxillary,  the  premaxilla,  the  molar  teeth, 
the  tongue,  the  hard  palate,  the  cheeks,  and  the  masseter, 
the  internal  pterygoid,  the  temporalis,  the  digastricus,  the 
external  pterygoid,  the  stylo-maxillaris  and  the  sterno- 
maxillaris  muscles. 

The  superior  maxillary  is  an  immovable  bone,  closely 
united  by  sutures  to  its  contiguous  facial  and  cranial  bones, 
and  to  its  fellow  by  a  wide,  flat  process  extending  across  the 
mouth  to  form  its  bony  roof.  It  receives  into  six  deep  cavi- 
ties the  imbedded  portions  of  the  superior  molar  arcade,  and 
with  its  fellow  and  premaxilla  constitutes  the  upper  jaw. 
Its  function  is  to  hold  taut  the  superior  molars  and  to  form 
the  roof  of  the  mouth. 

The  inferior  maxillary  is  a  movable  bone  articulating 
with  the  squamous  temporal  by  a  diarthrosis  having  imper- 
fect rotatory  and  perfect  ginglymoid  motion.  It  is  a  single 
bone  consisting  of  a  small  body  anteriorly  with  two  large 
branches  extending  posteriorly  to  the  temporo-maxillary 
articulation.  xA.t  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  body  it  re- 
ceives the  six  incisor  teeth  and  along  the  superior  margin  of 
each  branch  the  six  inferior  molars.  Its  function  in  masti- 
cation is  to  serve  as  a  carriage  for  the  inferior  molars,  a 
medium  for  the  attachment  of  the  muscles  which  move  it  and 
to  assist  in  forming  the  bony  Imundary  of  the  mouth. 

The  premaxilla  is  an  irregular  bone,  which,  with  its  fel- 
low completes   the   upper  jaw   anteriorly   and   contains   the 


130 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


alveolar  cavities  for  superior  incisor  teeth.  It  consists  of  a 
body  and  two  branches  extending-  1>ack\vard.  The  upper 
branch  passes  apward  and  backward  along  the  superior 
maxilla  to  the  base  of  the  nasal  peak,  where  it  enters  into  the 
formation  of  the  maxillo-nasal  notch.  The  lower  branch  is 
a  thin  plate  loosely  attached  to  its  fellow  and  the  superior 
maxilla  to  complete  the  roof  of  the  mouth  anteriorly. 

The  tongue  of  animals  is  a  very  strong,  motile,  musculo- 
membranous  organ,  having  a  fixed  attachment  to  the  spur 
process  of  the  hyoid  bone  posteriorly,  and  a  free  extremity 
anteriorly.  It  is  held  to  the  floor  of  the  mouth  by  its  mucous 
membrane.  Its  upper  surface  is  thickly  paved  with  epi- 
thelium. It  is  a  tactile,  gustatory,  prehensile  and  masticating 
organ.  In  mastication  it  serves  the  useful  purpose  of  keep- 
ing the  food  between  the  molars  while  grinding-,  and  to  assist 
in  its  backward  passage  when  mastication  is  complete. 

The  hard  palate  is  a  dense  fibrous  cushion  covering  the 
entire  roof  of  the  mouth  from  the  incisor  teeth  to  the  soft 
palate.  It  presents  a  number  of  transverse  bars  which  meet 
in  a  longitudinal  raphe.  It  serves  the  purpose  of  preventing 
food  from  slipping  freely  outward,  and  to  assist  the  tongue  in 
passing  food  backward. 

The  cheeks  arc  composed  of  the  buccinator  muscle  cov- 
ered externally  with  the  skin  and  internally  with  the  buccal 
mucous  membrane.  It  is  a  loose  curtain  attached  just  be- 
yond the  alveolar  border  of  each  molar  arcade.  In  masti- 
cation it  serves  to  keep  the  food  between  the  teeth  and  to 
complete  the  lateral  boundaries  of  the  mouth. 

The  masseter  muscle  is  a  thick,  wide  and  short  muscle 
located  on  the  lateral  aspect  of  the  lower  jaw.  Its  fixed  at- 
tachment is  the  maxillary  spine  and  zygoma  and  its  movable 
insertion  the  external  face  of  the  lower  jaw.  Its  function  is 
that  of  closing  the  jaws  and  drawing  the  inferior  maxillary 
slightly  forward. 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY.  131 

The  pterygoid  internus  muscle  occupies  the  same  relative 
position  on  the  internal  aspect  of  the  ramus  as  the  masseter 
does  externally.  Its  fixed  attachment  is  the  palatine  crest 
and  the  movable  insertion  the  internal  face  of  the  lower 
jaw.  Its  function  is  that  of  producing  lateral  motion  and  as- 
sisting the  masseter  to  close  the  jaws,  as  follows:  The  left 
muscle  acting  alone  draws  the  jaw  to  the  right  and  the  right 
one  to  the  left,  and  when  acting  together  they  assist  the 
masseter  in  closing  the  mouth. 

The  temporahs  muscle  occupies  the  space  over  the  parie- 
tal bones,  and  is  inserted  to  the  coronoid  process  and  anterior 
border  of  the  ramus  of  the  jaw.  Its  function  is  that  of  clos- 
ing the  jaw,  and  when  acting  singly  it  produces  lateral  mo- 
tion. 

The  pterygoid  extemus  is  a  short,  thick  muscle  situated 
internally  and  in  front  of  the  temporo-maxillary  articulation. 
It  originates  on  the  sphenoid  bone  and  is  inserted  at  the  neck 
of  the  jaw  just  below  the  condyle.  Acting  together  they 
pull  the  jaw  forward  and  singly  they  produce  a  lateral  mo- 
tion. 

The  stylo-maxillaris  originates  at  the  styloid  process  of 
the  occipital  and  is  inserted  to  the  posterior  border  of  the 
ramus  of  the  jaw.  Its  function  is  that  of  drawing  the  jaw 
backward  and  depressing  it. 

The  digastricus  muscle  is  located  in  the  maxillary  space, 
originating  on  the  styloid  process  with  the  stylo-maxillaris 
and  is  inserted  along  the  inner  border  of  the  ramus  toward 
the  symphysis.  Its  function  is  that  of  retracting  and  de- 
pressing the  jaw. 

The  sterno-maxillaris  muscle  originates  on  the  cariniform 
cartilage  of  the  sternum  and  is  inserted  at  the  angle  of  the 
jaw.     Its  function  is  that  of  depressing  the  jaw. 

The  lower  jaw  is  moved  in  every  direction  by  the  muscles 
of  mastication;  it  is  advanced,  retracted,  elevated,  depressed 


132  ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 

and  drawn  to  either  side  at  will.  In  ruminants  the  lateral 
motion  is  pronounced  while  in  the  carnivora  it  is  prevented 
by  the  interlocking^  of  the  canine  teeth,  the  beveled  molars 
and  the  ginglymoid  character  of  the  articulation.  In  soli- 
peds  the  lateral  motion  is  nominal.  The  antero-posterior 
motion  is  prominent  in  rodents  and  is  possible  to  a  normal 
degree  in  herbivora.  The  upward  movement,  which  is  the 
most  forcible,  is  of  course  a  prominent  movement  in  all 
animals,  but  is  an  exceptionally  powerful  one  in  the  solipeds 
and  ruminants. 

^lastication  is  effected  in  about  the  following  manner. 
The  mouth  is  opened  by  gravity,  aided  by  the  stylo-maxil- 
laris  and  digastricus  muscles;  it  is  then  swung  to  the  side 
and  slightly  forward  by  the  pterygoids,  temporalis  and  mas- 
seter,  and  then  diagonally  upward  by  the  combined  effort  of 
the  masseter,  internal  pterygoid  and  temporalis.  During 
these  movements  the  tongue  and  buccinator  are  engaged  in 
keeping  the  bolus  in  position  to  be  caught  between  the  teeth 
as  they  come  together. 

Mastication  is  unilateral,  only  one  side  of  the  mouth  is 
used  at  a  time.  Herbivora  will  chew  on  one  side  for  a  few 
minutes  and  then  shift  the  next  bolus  to  the  other,  at  their 
will. 


CHAPTER  V. 

DENTAL  DIAGNOSIS. 

Examination  of  the  incisors  (see  page  113). 

Examination  of  the  horse's  mouth  preceding  the  usual 
dental  operations  is  done  in  the  standing  position,  by  palpa- 
tion and  inspection. 

Palpation  of  the  mouth. — As  the  horse's  mouth  is  a 
dark,  deep  cavern  its  examination  for  the  detection  of  the 
common  irregularities  must  depend  chiefly  upon  manual  ex- 
ploration. For  this  purpose  the  mouth  speculum  or  a  gag 
may  be  used.  The  expert,  however,  requires  neither,  but 
passes  the  hand  v,nth  the  greatest  freedom,  ease  and  leisure 
to  any  and  all  parts  of  the  mouth,  without  inconvenience  to 
the  horse  or  injury  or  danger  to  himself.  To  accomplish 
that  valuable  attainment  the  halter  is  removed  and  the  head 
is  held  from  being  thrown  upward  by  an  assistant  holding 
one  hand  on  the  nose  and  the  other  on  the  poll.  The  diag- 
nostician stands  directly  facing  the  horse,  and  passes  the 
right  hand  into  the  left  commissure  of  the  mouth,  across  the 
interdental  space  into  the  space  between  the  tongue  and 
molar  teeth  on  the  opposite  (left)  side.  The  palm  of  the 
hand  faces  the  teeth  and  the  dorsum  the  tongue.  In  this 
position  the  tongue  of  the  horse  is  not  forced  into  any  un- 
comfortable attitude  and  the  mouth  is  not  forcibly  opened. 
The  hand  may  then  be  passed  gently  backward  to  the  fauces 
and  the  fingers  may  be  extended  over  the  tables  of  the  teeth 
without  danger  or  injury.  The  secret  of  success  is  in  not 
opening  the  mouth  too  wide  and  in  engaging  the  horse  by 
keeping  the  hand  constantly  moving.      When   the   hand  is 

.133 


134 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


kept  stationary  in  the  mouth  resistance  is  immediately  of- 
fered. 

The   right  side   is  palpated  with  the  left  hand  and   vice 
versa.     Prior  to  the  molar  examination  or  immediately  after, 


, ,,  ,p. 


"  Search  Lights." 

the  interdental  space,  first  below  and  then  above,  is  palpated 
with  the  palmar  surface  of  the  thumbs  to  locate  possible  bit 
lesions  or  wolf  teeth. 

The  novice  may  use  the  mouth  speculum,  which  will  ad- 
mit of  free  palpation  of  the  teeth  with  the  exception  of  the 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


135 


external  borders  of  the  molar  arcades.  The  hand  cannot  be 
admitted  freely  into  the  mouth  unless  the  speculum  is  opened 
wide  enough  to  provoke  resistance,  and  besides  the  cheek  is 
drawn  taut  against  the  teeth  and  prevents  palpation  of 
the  borders  of  the  molars. 

Inspection  of  the  mouth. — Beyond  the  first  two  molars 
the  mouth  cannot  be  satisfactorily  inspected  in  the  standing 
position.  Only  gross  abnormalities  can  be  seen,  and  these 
only  to  an  unsatisfactory  degree.  With  the  aid  of  a  mouth 
speculum  and  artificial  light, — a  reflector  or  incandescent 
light, — with  the  head  raised  and  the  operator  standing  on  an 
elevation  it  is  possible  to  inspect  the  teeth,  but  in  this  pro- 
cedure the  tongue  and  the  resistance  to  such  forcible  manip- 
ulations offered  by  the  horse,  materially  interfere.  A  perfect 
inspection  of  the  mouth  can  only  be  made  in  the  recumbent 
posture  with  the  head  turned  upward  and  the  speculum  ad- 
justed, and  then  only  by  the  aid  of  good  light, — a  reflector  if 
necessary.  By  pulling  the  tongue  to  first  one  side  and  then 
the  other,  every  part  of  the  mouth  can  be  seen  and  felt,  and 
in  addition  abnormalities  can  be  searched  for  with  steel  picks. 

DENTAL  INSTRUMENTS— THEIR  USES. 

FLOATS  AND  FLOAT  BLADES. 

Floats  are  the  principal  instruments  of  the  animal  dentist. 
They  are  to  the  animal  dentist  what  the  drill  and  dental 
engine  are  to  the  human  dentist.  The  float  is  a  simple  con- 
trivance consisting  of  a  handle,  shaft  and  head  to  receive 
the  blade  which  may  be  either  a  rasp  or  file.  The  entire 
length  should  not  exceed  nineteen  inches,  divided  as  follows: 
Handle,  5%  inches ;  shaft,  10V2  inches,  and  head,  3  inches. 
The  head  is  open  to  receive  the  blade  at  either  end  and  is 
perforated  with  two  openings  to  receive  the  screws  with 
which  the  blade  is  kept  taut.     There  are  many  patent  affairs 


136 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY 


on  the  market,  some  simple  and  others  complex,  which  hold 
the  blade  solid  by  various  means.  Some  are  equipped  with  a 
mechanism  by  which  the  head  can  be  placed  at  different 
angles  with  the  aim  of  combining  two  instruments  in  one,  i. 
e.,  the  straight  and  the  angular  float.  All  these  inventions 
to  date  are  but  poor  imitations  of  the  old  reliable  simple 
screw-head  float,  and  are  neither  durable  nor  practical,  and 
few  will  hold  the  blade  as  solid  as  the  old  pattern. 

These  instruments  are  generally  designated  as  the  House 
floats ;  they  have  been  in  use  for  more  than  thirty  years,  and 
as  they  ofTcr  but  little  chance  for  improvement  they  will 
probably  always  retain  the  prestige  of  being  the  most  satis- 


FiG.  89a. 
Straight  and  Angular  Floats,  with  Lines  showing  the  Proper  Angle  of 

Each. 

factory  instrument  of  their  kind.  Two  styles  are  recom- 
mended— the  straight  float  and  the  angular  float. 

The  Straight  Float  is  used  to  file  the  lower  arcades 
and  the  posterior  two-thirds  of  the  superior  arcades,  and  to 
facilitate  its  passage  to  the  remotest  teeth  its  head  must  be 
on  a  straight  line  with  the  handle,  i.  e.,  when  the  handle  lies 
flat  upon  a  plane  the  head, — face  downward, — must  do  like- 
wise throughout  its  entire  length.  The  posterior  end  of  the; 
arcades,  especially  the  inferior,  cannot  be  reached  with  a 
float  of  any  other  shape  without  opening  the  horses's  mouth 
wide  enough  to  provoke  resistance. 

The  Angular  Float  is  used  to  file  the  anterior  third  or 
half  of  the  superior  arcades,  which,  owing  to  the  inward  cur- 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


137 


vature  of  their  external  borders,  cannot  be  conveniently 
reached  with  an  instrument  of  any  other  shape.  The  angular 
float  should  be  of  the  same  size  and  length  as  the  straight 
one.  When  its  head  lies,  face  downward,  upon  a  plane,  the 
center  of  the  handle  should  be  elevated  two  and  one-half 
inches  above  the  plane.  The  short-handled  floats  of  greater 
angles  are  much  less  convenient. 

The  Float  Blades  should  be  of  the  rasp  variety,  tempered 
hard  enough  to  wear  well  and  yet  not  so  hard  as  to  chip 
from  filing  the  hard  enamel  points  of  the  molars.  In  the 
straight  float  the  cutting  edges  of  the  rasp  must  point  back- 
ward,— toward  the  handle, — and  in  the  angular  they  must 
point  forward.  This  arrangement  is  intended  to  train  the 
hands  to  make  the  float  cut  on  its  outward  course  instead  of 
its  inward  course,  and  thereby  prevent  prodding  the  back  of 
the  mouth. 


Fu;.  90. 

THE  FLAT  FILE  AND  RASP. 

The  flat  file  and  rasp  should  be  twelve  inches  long, 
rounded  at  the  extremities  and  have  a  file  on  one  side  and 
a  rasp  on  the  other.  It  is  used  to  round  the  first  superior 
and  first  inferior  molars,  and  to  shorten  the  canines  and  in- 
cisors. 

THE  CLOSED  MOLAR-TRIMMER  OR  CUTTER. 

The  closed  trimmers  are  nineteen  to  twenty  inches  long, 
including  the  handles,  and  have  a  head  consisting  of  a  box 


138  ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 

joint  and  two  cutting  jaws,  one  to  one  and  a  quarter  inches 
long,  which  come  together  in  perfect  apposition.  The  cut- 
ting surface  is  dropped  three-eighths  of  an  inch  below  the 
level  of  the  instrument  better  to  enable  the  grasping  of  small 
points.  It  should  be  made  with  a  box  joint,  the  center  of 
which  is  no  more  than  two  and  a  quarter  inches  from  the  end 
of  the  cutting  jaws.  The  forks  and  handles  should  be  of  no 
less  than  five-sixteenths  inch   steel. 

This  instrument  was  primarily  intended  to  trim  the 
enamel  points  along  the  arcades,  both  superior  and  inferior, 
and  it  is  still  being  used  for  this  purpose  by  some  veterinary 
practitioners.  Its  use  for  this  purpose  cannot,  however,  be 
sanctioned,  owing  to  the  difficulty  of  placing  them  accurately 
upon  the  small  enamel  points  located  posteriorly  on  the  ar- 


FiG.  gi. 

Closed  Molar  Trimmer. 

cades.  The  smallness  of  the  points,  the  motility  of  the  head 
and  the  great  distance  between  the  hands  and  the  cutting  end 
of  the  instrument,  makes  their  applicability  difficult  in  the 
hands  of  the  unskilled.  Even  in  the  hands  of  the  skilled  den- 
tist their  use  amounts  to  the  cutting  of  whatever  happens  to 
be  caught  between  the  jaws. 

The  closed  trimmer  should  be  used  only  in  cutting  the 
projections  at  the  extremities  of  the  arcades — the  first  su- 
perior and  sixth  inferior  molars — for  which  purpose  they  are 

indispensable. 

THE   OPEN   MOLAR-CUTTER. 

The  open  molar-cutter  of  the  double-lever  variety  is  also 
an  indispensable  part  of  the  dental  outfit,  and  owing  to  the 
laborious  work  it  must  perform  it  should  be  powerful  enough 
to  cut   any  projecting  tooth   promptly.     The   style   recom- 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


139 


mended  is  twenty-four  to  twenty-five  inches  long  and  has  a 
head  consisting  of  a  box  joint  and  two  cutting  jaws  no  more 
than  one  inch  long  which  approximate  within  one-quarter  of 
an  inch  when  the  instrument  is  closed.  Six  inches  from  the 
center  of  the  box  joint  is  a  second  one.  to  increase  the  lever- 


FiG.  92. 
The  Cpen  Molar  Lever  Cutter. 

age.  The  fork  between  the  joints  is  of  three-quarter  inch 
(square)  bar  steel,  while  that  from  the  last  joint  and  handles 
is  of  five-sixteenth  steel. 

This  instrument  must  possess  strength  at  the  expense  of 
its  neatness.     It  can  be  opened  wide  enough  to  receive  any 


TH,  CHICAGO, 


Fig.  92A. 
Plain  Open  Molar  Cutter. 

elongation  of  the  horse's  molars  and  will  promptly  cut,  with 
only  nominal  effort,  any  tooth  its  jaws  may  grasp. 

The  single  joint  open  molar-cutters,  unless  made  much 
stronger  and  longer,  will  frequently  disappoint  the  operator 
and  will  always  require  a  number  of  strenuous  efforts  before 
a  large  tooth  will  yield. 


140  ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 

THE  WOLF-TOOTH   SEPARATOR   AND  FORCEPS. 

The  wolf-tooth  separator  is  a  nine-inch  instrument  hav- 
ing a  box  joint  and  l)ayonct-'point  head,  which  contains  two 
cutting  or  wedging  jaws  approximating  cacli  other  closely 
at  the  end  but  open  slightly  along  the  cutting  surface.  This 
instrument  is  made  use  of  to  extract  wolf  teeth  by  wedging 
them  between  the  wolf  tooth  and  molar  to  disturb  the  alveo- 


FiG.  93. 
Wolf-Tootli  Separator. 

lar  implantation  and  then  pry  them  out.  Their  use  to  dis- 
turb the  tooth  may  precede  the  use  of  the  ordinary  wolf 
tooth  extractor  which,  in  view  of  the  utility  of  the  separator, 
may  be  entirely  dispensed  with  in  veterinary  dentistry.  The 
separator  may,  in  addition,  be  used  to  extract  the  sheddin^ 


Jhic.  g3A. 
Wolf-Tool li   Forceps. 

incisors,  shedding  molar  caps,  incisors  and  canines  of  dogs 
and  fractured  incisors  of  horses. 

THE   MOLAR   SEPARATOR. 

The  molar  separator  is  twenty  inches  long  and  has  a 
head  consisting  of  a  box  joint  and  two  wedge-shaped  jaws, 
projecting  at  a  right  angle,  the  edges  of  which  come  together 
when  the  instrument  is  closed.  It  is  used  for  the  purpose  of 
loosening  the  decayed  molar  prior  to  the  application  of  out- 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


141 


ward  force  with  the  extracting  forceps.  Its  jaws  are  wedged 
alternately,  into  the  interdentia  on  either  side  of  the  de- 
cayed tooth  until  the  implantation  is  disturbed. 


Fig.  94. 
Open    Molar    Separator,  for    Superior    .Arcades. 

THE   CLOSED  MOLAR  EXTRACTOR. 

The  closed  molar  extractor  is  twenty  inches  long  and  has 
jaws  no  more  than  one  inch  long  and  five-eighths  of  an  inch 
wide,  projecting  at  a  right  angle  from  the  head.     The  forks 


Fic^.  r;4.'\. 
Closed  Molar  Separator,  for  Inferior  Arcades. 

and  handles  are  strong  enough  to  prevent  springing  when 
pressed  forcibly  together.  The  jaws  approximate  within  one- 
eighth  of  an  inch  and  are  furrowed  internally  to  prevent 
slipping  from  the  tooth.     This  instrument  is  indispensable  in 


I'lc.  95. 
Closed  Molar  E.xtractor. 


the  extraction  of  molars,  most  of  which  are  split  into  narrow 
plates  that  cannot  be  held  with  an  open  forceps.  It  is  used 
chiefly  to  extract  split  molars,  but  may  be  utilized  to  ad- 
vantage even  when  the  crown  is  whole.     The  dental  equip- 


142 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


merit  containing  only  one  extractor  should,  therefore,  con- 
lain  the  closed  variety  instead  of  the  open,  which  can  only  be 
applied  in  the  extraction  of  molars  having  full  crowns. 


Fu;.  96. 
Closed  Molar  Extractor,  with  Curved  Handles. 

THE  OPEN  MOLAR  EXTRACTOR. 

The  open  molar  extractor  answers  the  same  general  de- 
scription as  the  closed,  with  the  exception  that  the  jaws  are 
five-eighths  of  an  inch  apart  when  the  instrument  is  closed, 
and  that  the  forks  form  an  abrupt  drop  of  one  inch,  five 
inches  from  the  head.  The  object  of  the  curved  or  drop 
forks  is  to  prevent  the  handles  from  striking  the  incisor  teeth 
before  the  tooth  is  lifted  from  its  cavity.     The  closed  extrac- 


Fi;:.  97. 
Open   Molar   Extractor. 

tor  may  be  similarly  curved,  but  owing  to  the  fact  that  when 

they  are  applied  to  the  entire  crown  the  handles  are  wide 

enough  apart  to  pass  the  incisors  between  them,  the  curve 

is  not  as  essential  as  in  the  open  ones. 

THE  ANGULAR  MOLAR-CUTTER. 

The  angular  molar-cutter  is  twenty  inches  long,  and  is 
of  the  same  size  and  pattern  as  the  closed  molar  trimmer. 
Its  jaws  extend  from  the  head  at  an  angle  of  about  forty-five 
degrees,  and  open  in  the  shape  of  a  V  to  fit  the  triangular 
crown  of  the  first  inferior  molar. 

This  instrument  is  used  solely  for  the  purpose  of  beveling 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


143 


the  first  inferior  molars  and  to  cut  projections  of  nominal 
size  on  the  first  superior  molars.  It  is  a  useful  instrument, 
but  not  an  essential  one.     The  same  work  on  the  superior 


Fig.  98. 
Angular  Molar  Cutter. 

molars  can  be  accomplished  with  the  closed  cutter  and  file, 
and  the  first  inferior  can  be  beveled  with  the  file  to  the  de- 
sired point  without  cutting. 


Fig.  98a. 
Handles  for  Figs.  92,  92a,  94,  94a,  95,  97  and  98. 

THE  INCISOR  NIPPERS. 

The  incisor  nippers  is  a  simple  instrument  about  ten 
inches  long,  with  a  screw  joint  to  bring  the  power  nearer  the 
cutting  edge.    It  has  cutting  jaws  which  curve  claw-like  from 


Fig.  99. 
Incisor  Nipper. 

the  head  and  come  in  perfect  apposition  when  the  instru- 
ment is  closed.  The  cutting  surface  should  be  no  less  than 
five-eighths  of  an  inch  wide.  This  instrument  is  used  to 
shorten  the  incisors  and  canines.     It  may  also  be  used  to 


144  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  / 

/' 

cut  the  sharp  elong-ation  at  the  extremity  of  the  first  superior 
molar. 

THE  MOLAR  CROWN   CUTTER. 

The  molar  crown  cutter  or  claw  cutter,  as  it  is  occasion- 
ally called,  answers  the  same  general  description  as  the  open 
molar-cutter,  with  the  exception  that  the  cutting-  jaws  drop 
at  a  right  angle  from  the  head  and  curve  toward  each  other 
like  a  pair  of  claws.  The  jaws  have  a  cutting  edge  of  no  less 
than  three-quarters  of  an  inch,  and  part  three-sixteenths  of 
an  inch  when  the  instrument  is  closed.     They  are  used  ••-■.■ 


Fig.   ioo. 
Molar  Crown   Cutter. 

remove  the  crown  opposing  a  decayed  tooth,  or  that  of  a 
decayed  one  when  extraction  is  not  deemed  advisable. 

THE  MOUTH  SPECULUM. 

The  mouth  speculum  is  indispensable  in  a  dental  prac- 
tice. It  may  consist  of  a  simple  oblong  loop  of  one-quarter 
inch  iron  bar,  a  wooden  gag  to  insert  between  the  molar 
teeth,  or  a  double  bar  that  is  made  to  open  as  wide  as  neces- 
sary with  a  screw.  These  simple  affairs  may  be  made  to 
answer  the  purpose  of  the  more  costly  and  complicated 
ratchet  speculum,  which  has  recently  come  into  quite  general 
use.  The  ratchet  speculum  consists  of  two  cups  to  fit  the 
incisor  arcades,  upper  and  lower,  connected  to  the  ratchet 
mechanism  by  means  of  curved  bars  following  the  line  of  the 
lips  to  a  point  behind   the  commissure  of  the  mouth,   thus 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


145 


leaving  the  fissure  oris  free  from   obstruction.     They  have 
the  advantage  also  of  opening  the  mouth  to  any  width  de- 


Fic.  loi. 

sired,  and  the  disadvantages  of  being  none  too  reliable.     The 
ratchet  may  break  or  slip  when  the  jaws  of  a  powerful  horse 


Fig.  102. 

are  set  against  its  strength.  Slipping  of  the  ratchet  is  a  very 
frequent  accident  after  the  catches  have  become  worn  from 
constant  use. 


146 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


I'IG.    LO3B. 


l-ic.    103c. 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  I47 

The  mouth  speculum  is  used  only  for  operation  in  the 
recumbent  position,  and  especially  when  an  animal  is  under 
the  influence  of  an  anaesthetic.  In  the  standing  posture  it 
is  useful  only  to  the  plebe  and  novice.  It  obstructs  the  free 
use  of  large  instruments  in  the  standing  position,  and  is 
unnecessary  for  the  minor  operations. 

THE  TOOTH  CHISEL. 

The  tooth  chisel  is  a  recent  invention,  the  artifice  of  an 
Iowa  veterinarian.  It  consists  of  a  strong  band  of  iron 
shaped  as  a  horseshoe.  At  one  heel  is  a  chisel  inserted  as  a 
lag  screw,  while  on  the  other  heel  is  a  head  to  receive  the 
blows  of  the  hammer.  The  chisel  end  is  passed  into  the 
mouth  while  the  other  heel  is  kept  outside.  Its  object  is  to 
break  or  loosen  teeth  that  cannot  be  grasped  with  forceps. 
It  is  undoubtedly  an  instrument  of  some  value,  especially  in 
the  extraction  of  broken  fangs,  as  it  can  be  equipped  with 
chisels  of  different  dimensions  and  shapes  to  meet  each  re- 
quirement. 

OTHER  INSTRUMENTS. 

The  above  is  a  description  of  the  more  essential  instru- 
ments of  a  dental  outfit  for  a  veterinary  practitioner.  It  is, 
however,  undeniable  that  many  others  might  be  added  to 
the  advantage  of  the  dental  branch  of  veterinary  surgery. 
There  is  room  for  the  addition  of  many  instruments  of  vari- 
ous shapes,  styles  and  patterns  suitable  for  special  purposes. 
For  example,  extractors  for  the  superior  arcades  should  be 
wider  than  those  for  the  inferior;  those  for  the  right  side 
might  be  curved  toward  the  left,  and  those  for  the  left  side 
toward  the  right,  so  as  to  bring  the  instrument  out  of  the 
mouth  at  the  median  line;  those  for  the  last  molars  might  be 
longer  and  have  smaller  heads  and  shorter  jaws,  to  pass 
more  freely  between  the  teeth  ;  and  finally  all  cutters,  separa- 
tors and  extractors   might  be   made   specially  for  superior, 


148  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 

inferior,  posterior,  anterior,  right  or  left  work  to  the  advan- 
tage of  tlie  dental  surgeon. 

At  the  present  time  there  is  no  standard  dental  instru- 
ment. Each  manufacturer  and  each  practitioner  has  his 
particular  idea  as  to  what  constitutes  the  appropriate  style 
of  instrument  for  each  particular  purpose,  and  as  a  result 
an  unfortunate  state  of  chaos  exists  in  the  veterinary  dental 
instrument  shop.  This  unfortunate  condition  makes  the 
veterinary  dental  instrument  costly,  as  the  manufacturer 
cannot  reduce  the  cost  by  making  them  in  large  quantities. 

A  change  for  the  better  in  this  connection  will  come  when 
the  dental  operations  are  regarded  as  being  of  sufficient  im- 
]K:)rtance  to  warrant  the  adoption  of  standard  methods  of 
operating,  which  in  turn  will  create  a  demand  for  standard 
instruments. 

Trephines,  chisels,  punches,  curettes,  and  the  dissecting 
instruments  used  in  animal  dentistry  are  too  well  known  to 
demand  description  here. 

RESTRAINT. 

Floating,  filing  and  trimming  the  teeth  of  horses  can  be 
accomplished  without  provoking  resistance — enough  to  de- 
mand any  forcible  means  of  restraint.  The  minor  dental 
operations  are  accepted  with  remarkable  complacency  in 
the  great  majority  of  horses.  The  only  necessary  restraint 
is  to  prevent  the  horse  from  backing  away  from  the  operator 
and  from  elevating  the  muzzle  out  of  the  reach  of  the  hands 
and  instruments.  This  is  done  by  backing  the  horse  into  a 
single  stall  and  securing  the  head  at  a  comfortable  height 
on  the  pillar  reins  with  the  dental  halter.  The  ordinary 
leather  halter  is  not  satisfactory  for  this  purpose  because 
one  side  or  the  other  will  press  against  the  cheek  and  pre- 
vent the  free  passage  of  instruments  along  the  teeth. 

The  dental  halter  consists  of  a  leather-covered  iron  loop 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


140 


fifteen  inches  long  and  nine  inclies  wide,  with  a  single  poll 
strap  and  a  ring  on  each  side  for  the  tie  ropes.  The  poll 
strap  is  of  two-inch  heavy  leather  with  numerous  buckle- 
holes  to  make  it  adjustable  to  any  sized  head.  The  tie  ropes 
are  ordinary  half-inch  hemp,  long-  enough  to  encircle  the 
pillar  or  to  reach  the  pillars  of  a  stall  of  any  ordinary  width. 
Whenever  the  tie  ropes,  owing  to  the  construction  of  the 
stall,  cannot  be  tied  low  enough  on  the  pillars  to  hold  the 


Fig.  104. 
Horse  Properly  Secured  for  the  Simple  Dental  Operations. 

head  down  to  the  proper  height,  a  third  rope  or  strap  is  tied 
to  the  lower  end  of  the  halter,  passed  between  the  fore  legs 
around  the  withers  and  back  again  between  the  fore  legs  to 
the  halter.  By  this  addition  a  horse  can  be  secured  in  an 
open  room,  field  or  box  stall  with  only  the  assistance  of  one 
person  to  steady  the  head.     (Fig.  105.) 

In   the   absence   of   the   dental   halter   dental   operations 
should  be  performed  with  the  aid  of  an  assistant,  to  hold 


1 50 


ANIMAL   DEXTISTRV. 


tlic  head  with  one  hand  on  the  poll  and  the  other  over  the 
nasal   bones. 


Fig.  105. 

A  Satisfactory  Method  of  Securing  a  Horse  for  Simple  Dental  Operations, 

Without  the  Use  of  Pillar  Reins. 

Major  operations,  i.  e.,  repulsion  of  teeth,  etc.,  and  minor 
operations  upon  vicious  horses,  require  the  recumbent  posi- 


FiG.  io5.\. 
Lucas'   Dental  Halter. 


tion  and  the   use   of  the   mouth   speculum.     The   operating- 
table  is  par  excellence  the  best  restraining  apparatus  for  such 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  151 

operations  because  it  brings  the  head  to  a  comfortable  height 
for   inspection   and   operation. 

Anaesthetics  are  seldom  necessary  to  perform  dental 
operations  and  frequently  they  are  harmful  in  that  they 
favor  the  aspiration  of  blood  and  saliva  into  the  trachea. 
Local  anaesthetics  are  not  applicable  in  any  form  to  the  den- 
tal operations  upon  animals. 

Floating,  filing,  trimming  and  cutting  the  teeth  should  be 
performed  in  the  standing  position.  The  extraction  of  teeth 
may  require  the  recumbent,  but  only  occasionally.  Tre- 
phining the  skull  can  be  performed  in  the  standing  posture 
with  the  aid  of  the  twitch  and  dental  halter,  but  the  repul- 
sion of  teeth  must  never  be  attempted  without  recumbent 
restraint. 

Chiseling,  punching  and  sawing  operations  require  per- 
fect restraint  in  the  recumbent  position. 


CHAPTER  VI, 


DISEASES  AND  IRREGULARITIES  OF  THE  TEETH. 

NECROSIS   OF  THE  TEETH   OF   HERBIVORA. 

Synonyms: — Alve()lar-]:)criostitis.  Pcridentitis.  Perice- 
mentitis. Pulpitis.  Dentitis :  Caries  (erroneous).  Decayed 
teeth. 


Fig.  io6. 

Molars    Predisposed    to    Decay    by    an    Open    Clianncl    Through    the    Crusta 
Petrosa  of  the   Infundibula. 

1,  I.  The  infundibula. 

2,  2.  Openings  of  channel  at  table. 

3,  3.  Pulp  cavity.  (Tn  the  slmrt  [old]  tooth  the  pulp  cavity  is  already 
closed.) 

Definition: — A  total  necrosis  of  one  or  more  molars  of 
herbivorous  animals,  of  inflammatory  origin,  due  to  a  pri- 
mary or  secondary  infective  inllammation  of  the  pulp. 

Etiology: — The    entrance   of  food    into    an     imperfectly 

152 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


153 


closed  infunclibiilum  is  the  cause  of  more  than  95  per  cent  of 
the  decayed  molars  of  the  horse.  The  crusta  petrosa,  which 
should  hermetically  seal  the  infundibula,  is  found  wanting 
and  thus  leaves  an  entrance  channel  for  infectious  matter. 
The  pulp  is  therefore  the  first  structure  to  be  involved  in 
the  inflammatory  process,  from  which  source  it  traverses 
through  the  apical  foramena  to  the  blood  vessels,  alveolar 
periosteum  and  bone.  In  rare  cases  the  infectious  matter  is 
admitted  directly  to  the  alveolar  periosteum  through  imper- 
fect gums,  the  space  between  the  teeth,  or  through  the  ex- 
posure of  the  periosteum  while  shedding  the  temporary 
predecessor.     Cystic  tumors  located  directly  upon  the  root, 


Fig.  107. 
Table  View  of  Tootli   Sliown  in  Figure  106. 
I,  2.     Openings  of  the  infundibula,  througb  which  food  enters  the  tooth. 

atheromatous  degeneration  of  the  radicals  of  the  superior 
dental  artery,  and  external  violence  are  the  determining 
causes  in  a  few  instances.  In  these  latter  circumstances  the 
pulp  is  the  last  structure  to  be  involved  in  the  inflammatory 
process.  Systemic  disturbances,  especially  a  "ricket  dia- 
thesis" induced  by  organic  diseases  or  poor  quality  or  insuf- 
ficient forage  during  the  period  of  growth,  are  predisposing 
influences. 

Pathological  Anatomy: — Pulpitis,  either  primary  or  sec- 
ondary, is  the  basis  from  which  to  study  the  decayed  molar 
of  the  horse.  The  disease  process  begins  with  pulpitis  and 
ends  finally  in  self-extraction  of  the  tooth.     Between  these 


:54 


ANIMAL     DENTISTRY 


Fig.   io8. 
Necrosis  of  an    Inferior   Molar   in    the   Early   Stage,   with    Perforation    from 

Table  to  Root. 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY 


155 


two  events  the  following  chain  of  abnormalities  occur:  (i) 
extension  of  the  inflammation  to  the  blood  vessel,  nerves  and 
periosteum;  (2)  abscess  formation  at  the  root  pointing- 
through  the  peridental  plate  into  the  sinuses  or  surface  of 
the  skull;  (3)  destruction  of  the  blood  supply  of  the  tooth; 
(4)  death,  desiccation  and  splitting  of  the  tooth;  (5)  im- 
paction and  decomposition  of  food  in  the  cavity  between 
the  split  section ;  (6)  osteitis  and  necrosis  of  the  alveolar 
border  from  pressure  of  the  split  sections;  (7)  self-extrac- 
tion. The  duration  of  the  process  is  from  three  to  fifteen 
years.  The  above  chain  of  conditions  is,  of  course,  not 
followed  to  the  letter  in  every  instance.     For  example,  an 


Fig.  109. 

intense  periostitis  may  rapidly  loosen  a  tooth  from  its 
cavity  and,  by  admitting  infectious  matter  around  it,  pro- 
duce extensive  osteitis  of  the  jaw.  In  the  young  animals  the 
great  length  of  the  tooth,  and  in  the  inferior  denture, 
gravity,  prevents  the  self-rejection  of  the  tooth  from  its 
cavity,  and  as  a  result  the  loose,  dead  tooth  perpetuates  and 
augments  the  inflammation  and  tumefaction  of  the  sur- 
rounding bones.  This  condition  is  seen  principally  in  the 
inferior  molars  when  the  primary  lesion  has  been  alveolar 
periostitis.      Primary   pulpitis   caused   by   the   open   infundi- 


156 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


Fig.  no. 
A  Superior  Molar  in  the  Early  Stage  of  Decay. 

A.  The  table. 

I,  2.     Openings   into   tlic   tooth   admitting   food. 

B,  C.     The  same  tooth  split  longitudinally  to  reveal   its  internal  condi- 


tion. 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  157 

bulum  in  the  inferior  arcades  frequently  points  to  the 
surface  of  the  jaw  and  constitutes  the  well  known  dental 
fistula  of  the  inferior  maxilla.     (See  Fig.   io8.) 

The  incisor  and  canine  teeth  are  not  susceptible  to  the 
condition. 

Diagnosis: — The  molar  tooth  of  the  horse  reaches  the 
advanced  stage  of  decay  unobserved  in  most  instances,  as 
the  incipient  stages  progress  without  clinical  signs  or 
apparent  discomfort  to  the  animal.  The  fetid  breath,  fistula 
or  tumefaction  of  jaws  or  mouth  usually  create  the  first  sus- 
picion of  decayed  teeth.  In  the  absence  of  these  outward 
signs  they  are  only  encountered  accidentally  in  palpations 
of  the  mouth  during  dental  operations.  The  earliest  diag- 
nosis of  a  decayed  molar  is  made  when  the  infective  inflam- 
mation extends  rapidly  into  the  respiratory  mucous  mem- 
brane, before  any  gross  changes  occur  in  the  tooth.  In 
these  cases  the  unilateral  fetid  nasal  discharge  leads  to  an 
examination  for  abnormal  (open)  infundibula  in  one  of  the 
superior  molars.  Anorexia,  rejection  of  partially  masti-. 
cated  food,  dislike  for  cold  water  or  turning  the  head  to  one 
side  while  masticating,  are  occasional  signs  of  decay  in  the 
incipient  stage,  but  the  diagnosis  must  be  confirmed  by 
better  evidence. 

The  relative  decay  of  the  teeth  of  horses  will  assist  ma- 
terially in  locating  the  offending  member.  The  fourth  su- 
perior molar,  owing  to  its  position  in  the  center  of  the  arcade 
and  its  unstable  neighbors  during  the  second  year  of  colt- 
hood,  is  the  most  common  seat  of  the  disease.  Out  of  a  total 
of  two  hundred  decayed  teeth  observed,  one  hundred  and 
nineteen  were  fourth  superior  molars.  The  fifth  superior, 
the  third  superior  and  fourth  inferior  were  next  in  order, 
while  the  remainder  were  divided  quite  evenly  among  the 
first  superiors,  the  sixth  superior  and  the  remaining  inferior 
molars.     The  second  superior  was  not  found  decayed  until 


158 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


the   two  hundred   and   thirty-second   case   was  investigated, 
showing  that  this  tooth  is  not  frequently  decayed. 

Treatment: — (i)  Removal  of  the  tooth;  and,  (2),  re- 
moval of  the  opposing  crown.  Removal  is  the  palpable  duty 
in  dealing  with  the  decayed  tooth  of  the  horse,  but  in  the 


Fig.  Ill 


Advanced    Stage   of   Necrosis   in   a    Superior   Molar. 

A.  The  tooth. 

B.  The  table. 

I,    I.     The   opening  through   which   the   tooth   became   infected. 

uncomplicated  case  removal  is  warranted  only  when  it  can 
be  accomplished  in  a  simple  manner  (forcep  extraction). 
When  a  decayed  molar  produces  no  apparent  inconvenience 
and  is  too  short  to  grasp  firmly  with  the  forceps,  removal  of 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY.  159 

the  opposing  crown  is  ample  remedy  pending  the  develop- 
ment of  serious  complications.  A  decayed  molar,  although 
a  foreign  (dead)  body,  may  become  encysted  in  a  protecting 
wall  and  cause  no  further  trouble.  The  operation  of  remov- 
ing a  tooth  crown  is  accomplished  with  a  claw  cutter.  (Fig. 
lOO.)  The  removal  of  teeth  is  accomplished  by  either  of  the 
following  methods : 

(i)   By  extraction  wnth  forceps. 

(2)  By  repulsion  with  punch  and  mallet. 

(3)  By  removal  of  the  external  alveolar  plate. 

(4)  By  splitting  with  chisel  and  mallet. 

(i)     EXTRACTION  WITH  FORCEPS. 

Equipment: — Open  molar  extractor,  closed  molar  ex- 
tractor, separating  forceps,  hardwood  fulcra  of  assorted 
sizes,  and  if  operation  is  performed  in  the  recumbent  posi- 
tion, a  mouth  speculum. 

Indications: — Forcep  extraction  should  be  adopted  as  the 
universal  method  to  remove  molars  having  crowns  long 
enough  to  grasp  fijrmly.  Even  though  trephining  may  be 
necessary  to  reach  the  existing  secondary  condition,  forcep 
extraction  should,  if  possible,  precede  the  trephining. 

Restraint: — Choice  between  the  standing  and  recumbent 
positions  must  be  decided  by  the  probable  complacency  of 
the  patient  and  the  skill  of  the  operator.  For  the  standing 
position  the  horse  is  backed  into  a  single  stall  and  confined 
to  the  pillars  with  the  dental  halter.  The  head  must  be 
brought  downward  within  easy  reach.  If  the  operation  is 
resisted  by  forcible  movements  of  the  jaw  a  mouth  speculum 
may  be  applied.  The  mouth  speculum  should,  however,  be 
avoided  if  possible,  as  it  will  interfere  with  the  free  use  of 
the  instruments.  For  the  recumbent  position  the  patient  is 
placed  in  a  dorso-lateral  attitude  with  the  mouth  speculum 
adiusted  and  the  head  inclining  upward.     Anaesthesia  is  not 


160  ANIMAL    DENTISTRY 

advisable,  owing-  to  the  greater  danger  of  l)lood  flowing  into 
the  trachea. 

Modus  operandi : — The  first  recjiiircmcnt  is  to  loosen  the 
tooth.  It  is  safe  to  assert  that  the  tooth  that  cannot  be 
loosened  cannot  be  lifted  from  its  cavity  without  fracture,  or 
injury  to  the  teeth  upon  which  the  fulcrum  is  placed.  The 
loosening  process  is  accomplished  by  wedging  the  molar 
separator  into  the  inderdentia,  first  on  one  side,  then  on 
the  other  until  it  can  be  easily  closed  in  the  spaces.  Tor- 
sion is  then  applied  with  the  extracting  forceps  until  the 
tooth  is  felt  to  be  well  loosened.  Undue  haste  or  the  ap- 
plication of  great  force  must  be  avoided  and  care  must  be 
taken  to  prevent  fracture  in  a  sudden  movement  of  the  head. 
The  extractor  is  now  adjusted  firmly  to  the  crown  and  the 
fulcrum  block  placed  as  near  its  head  as  possible.  Gradual, 
firm  outward  traction  will  readily  bring  the  tooth  from  its 
implantation.  When  the  tooth  is  divided  into  two  or  more 
fragile  segments  the  manipulation  must  be  carefully  exe- 
cuted to  prevent  fracture. 

Accidents: — The  extraction  of  molars  is  not  entirely 
without  danger.  The  possible  misfortunes  are:  (i)  Frac- 
ture of  the  tooth  which  will  necessitate  removal  by  some 
more  complicated  method:  (2)  wounding  the  palatine  artery 
with  the  jaW'  of  the  forceps;  (3)  excessive  hemorrhage  from 
the  dental  artery. 

1.  Fracture  of  the  decayed  tooth  that  is  uncomplicated 
with  secondary  disorders  may  l)e  treated  by  the  simple  re- 
moval of  the  opposing  crown.  Tf  there  are  catarrlial  or  fis- 
tulous complications  repulsion  will  be  necessary. 

2.  Palatine  hemorrhage  is  serious  and  unless  arrested 
will  endanger  life.  The  accident  occurs  as  a  result  of  the 
horse  chewing  forcibly  upon  the  end  of  the  internal  jaw  of 
the  forcep  while  being  adjusted  to  the  superior  tooth.  As 
soon  as  the  accident  occurs  the  operation   must  cease  and 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  161 

the  mouth  must  be  packed  full  of  cotton,  waste,  oakum  or 
any  other  packing  material  that  can  be  promptly  furnished. 
When  there  is  delay  in  procuring  a  suitable  packing  the 
finger  must  be  kept  over  the  wound  to  temporarily  arrest  the 
flow  of  blood.  After  the  mouth  is  packed  full  the  jaws  are 
closed  tightly  by  encircling  them  with  a  dozen  wraps  of  cord 
and  the  patient  is  backed  into  a  stall  and  kept  on  the  pillar 
reins  for  five  to  six  hours,  when  the  packing  may  be  safely 
removed. 

3.  Hemorrhage  from  the  dental  artery  may  occasionally 
be  very  profuse,  but  it  is  never  serious.  It  is  arrested  by 
packing  the  cavity  with  wadding  of  cotton  or  oakum. 


^tL 


I 


Fig.  113. 
Decayed    Tooth    Due    to    Primary    Alveolar    Periostitis    (Ostertag). 

After-care: — The  tooth  cavity  must  be  wadded  with 
fresh  packing  every  day  for  a  week,  at  which  time  a  careful 
examination  of  the  cavity  must  be  made  to  remove  sequestra 
or  fractured  segments  of  bones,  which  may  delay  prompt 
healing  of  the  wound.  In  two  years  the  opposing  tooth  will 
have  elongated  into  the  vacant  space  and  will  require  trim- 
ming to  the  level  of  its  arcade. 

(2)     REPULSION  OF  TEETH  WITH  PUNCH  AND  MALLET. 

Equipment — Three-quarter-inch  circular  trephine,  one 
inch  circular  trephine,  bone  chisel,  punch,  iron  mallet,  scal- 
pel, artery  forcep,  dissection  forceps,  mouth  speculum,  cu- 
rette, razor,  antiseptics  and  packing  materials. 


162 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


Indications: — Trephining  tlie  skull  to  repulse  teeth  is  in- 
dicated when  the  tooth  crown  is  too  short  to  grasp  with  the 
forcep,  and  when  there  is  a  complication  of  fistula  or  catarrh 
of  the  sinuses.  In  secondary  catarrh  of  the  sinuses  wnth 
more  or  less  accumulation  of  purulent  matter,  trephining  is 


Fig.  114. 
Mallet. 


an  essential  adjunct  to  tooth  extraction,  even  though  the 
extraction  is  accomplished  with  tlie  forceps.  Trephining  is 
perfonr.ed  to  evacuate  the  accumulated  secretion  and  to 
admit  the  free  irrigation  of  the  catarrhal  mucous  mend)rane, 


Fig.  114a. 

Straight  Punch. 

as  well  as  for  the  purpose  of  admitting  the  punch  to  repulse 
the  tooth. 

The  following  are  the  molars  that  are  removed  by  repul- 
sion:     Fourth  and  fifth  superior,  sixth  superior  of  old  horses, 


6HAHP   S    SMITH,    CHICAGO. 


Fi(-,.   114i!. 
Curved  Punches. 


first,  second,  third  and  fourth  inferior  and  the  fifth  and  sixth 
inferior  wdien  accompanied  with  considerable  tumefaction  of 
the  jaw. 

Restraint:- — The  recumbent  position,  lateral  posture,  af- 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  163 

fected  side  uppermost,  with  a  mouth  speculum  securely  ad- 
justed, is  the  proper  attitude  for  the  repulsion  of  teeth.  The 
standing  posture  is  never  satisfactory.  The  operating  table 
is  par  excellence  the  best  method,  as  the  head  can  be  more 
firmly  secured  than  with  the  casting  harness.  General 
anaesthesia  is  sometimes  harmful,  as  in  the  unconscious 
state  blood  readily  finds  its  way  into  the  lungs. 

Location  of  the  openings: — ^The   opening  in    the    skull 
must  be  situated  so    that    the    punch   can  be  placed  on  a 


Fig.  115. 

Cut  Representing  the  8  Teetli  Whicli  Can  Tc  Repulsed  and  the  Location  of 

the  Opening  for  Each. 

straight  line  with  the  long  axis  of  the  tooth.  (See  Fig  116.) 
The  transverse  range  will  vary  slightly  with  the  age  of  the 
horse.  In  the  young  horse  well  toward  the  median  line  of  the 
head  and  in  the  old  one  nearer  the  maxillary  spine.  The  lon- 
gitudinal range  will  vary  according  to  the  tooth  to  be  re- 
pulsed, the  fourth,  fifth  or  sixth.  The  exact  seat  is  deter- 
mined after  the  animal  is  secured  and  otherwise  prepared  for 
the   operation.    The  hand   is   placed   into  the   mouth   and  a 


164  ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 

iingci"  pressed  against  the  cheek  opposite  the  decayed  tooth, 
and  from  the  bulge  thus  made  in  the  cheek  externally  a 
measurement  is  made  upward  to  a  point  indicated  by  the 
animal's  age.  In  the  young  horse  a  slight  variation  must  be 
made  for  the  backward  direction  of  the  fifth  molar.  The  sixth 
molar  in  young  animals  is  reflected  backward  beneath  the 
eye  and  cannot  be  satisfactorily  repulsed. 

For  the  inferior  molars  the  openings  are  made  at  the 
very  border  of  the  jaw  in  every  case  except  for  the  fifth  and 
sixth,  in  which  instance  it  is  made  upon  the  most  prominent 
part  of  the  tumefaction  caused  by  the  diseased  process.  For 
the  third,  fourth  and  fifth  inferior  molars,  due  allowance 
must  be  made  for  the  marked  backward  direction  of  their 
fangs.     (See  Fig.  115.) 

The  openings  must  be  made  with  due  deference  for  the 
following  important  structures : 
(i)   Steno's  duct. 

(2)  Lachrymal  canal. 

(3)  Glossofacial  artery  and  vein. 

.(4)   Superior  dental  canal  and  contents. 

(5)  Inferior  dental  canal  and  contents. 

(6)  Superior  maxillary  division  of  the  trifacial  nerve 

near  its  exit  from  the  skull. 
In  the  repulsion  of  the  superior  teeth  complicated  with 
catarrh  a  single  additional  opening  is  made  to  drain  the  fron- 
tal sinus  and  to  give  free  access  to  the  maxillary  sinus,  as 
well  as  to  drain  the  frontal  sinus  into  the  nasal  fossa.  This 
opening  is  located  in  an  oblique  direction  downward  and  in- 
ward four  centimeters  from   the  nasal   canthus.      (See   Fig. 

151) 

Opening  the  Skull: — This  step  of  the  operation  requires 
the  consecutive  dissection  of  (i)  the  skin,  (2)  the  subcutane- 
ous areolar  tissue  and  muscles,  (3)  the  periosteum,  (4)  the 
bone,  and  (5)  the  mucous  membrane. 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


165 


Repulsion  of  the  Tooth: — The  right  hand  is  placed  in  the 
mouth  with  a  finger  pressing  firmly  against  the  tooth  while 
the  left  hand  directs  the  punch.  The  assistant  is  then  di- 
rected to  strike  firmly  with  the  mallet  until  the  impression 
of  the  blow  is  felt  by  the  finger  against  the  tooth,  and  then 
forcibly  until  it  is  driven  from  its  cavity.  Failure  to  trans- 
mit an  impression  into  the  mouth  is  an  indication  that  the 
punch  is  not  advantageously  located. 


Fig.  1 1 6. 

Cut    Representing   the    Proper   and   the    Improper    Methods    of    Placing   the 

Punch  to  a  Tooth  to  Be  Repulsed. 

A.  Proper  method ;  punch  on  a  straight  line  with  tooth. 

B.  Improper   method. 

Aftercare: — As  soon  as  the  tooth  is  removed  the  patient 
is  made  to  resume  the  standing  position.  The  frontal  sinus, 
maxillary  sinus  and  nasal  fossa  are  then  freely  opened  into 
each  other  by  breaking  down  the  fragile  septa  separating 
them.  The  cavities  are  then  emptied,  irrigated,  and  wadded 
with  antiseptic  cotton.     Daily  irrigation  with  3  per  cent  zinc 


166  ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 

sulphate  solution  and  renewal  of  the  wadding  for  two  weeks 
or  until  the  discharge  ceases,  is  the  necessary  after-care. 

Sequelae:— (i)  Alveolo-nasal  fistula,  (2)  persistence  of 
the  catarrh  and  reaccuniulation  of  pus  in  the  sinuses,  (3)  per- 
sistence of  the  opening  (chronic  nasal  fistula),  (4)  sep- 
ticaemia, (5)   deglutition  pneumonia. 

1.  Alveolo-nasal  fistula,  allowing  the  free  passage  of  food 
from  the  mouth  to  the  nasal  cavities  or  sinuses  is  a  common 
result  of  repulsion  of  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw  in  aged  horses 
or  from  allowing  food  to  pack  tightly  into  the  tooth  cavity 
before  it  has  had  an  opportunity  to  close.  They  also  occur 
spontaneously  in  decay  of  the  first  molar  or  from  extrac- 
tion with  the  forceps.  In  the  old  horse  they  are  prevented 
by  the  application  of  a  gutta  percha  plug  between  the  crowns 
of  the  teeth  bounding  the  vacant  cavity  and  in  the  young 
horse  by  preventing  the  packing  of  food  into  the  cavity.  A 
tight  wadding  placed  between  the  crowns  after  repulsion 
will  not  interfere  with  the  healino'  and  closure  of  the  cavitv. 
The  treatment  of  the  chronic  dento-nasal  fistula  consists  of 
removing  the  impacted  food  from  the  nasal  cavity  or  sinus 
by  trephining  and  the  application  of  a  permanent  plug  of 
gutta  percha  into  the  channel.  To  prevent  further  packing 
against  the  plug  the  opposing-  crown  is  removed.  For  fistula 
of  the  first  molar  the  surgeon  may  choose  between  this 
method  and  the  obliteration  of  the  channel  by  removing  the 
external  alveolar  plate  and  the  opposing  crown. 

2.  Persistence  of  the  catarrh  will  demand  a  second  opera- 
ation  and  more  precise  after-care.  This  sequel  is  the  result 
of  failure  to  properly  drain  the  sinuses  into  the  nasal  cavity, 
or  careless  and  dilatory  irrigation. 

3.  Dental  fistula  or  chronic  sinuses  of  the  lower  jaw, 
have  their  origin  in  bone  necrosis,  failure  to  remove  the 
entire  tooth  or  the  proper  tooth.  Reopening  of  the  wound 
and  removal  of  the  insultinc:  agent  is  the  remcdv. 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


167 


4.  Septicaemia  is  the  result  of  improper  method  of  op- 
erating, the  use  of  septic  irrigation  fluids,  or  neglect  to  irri- 
gate properly. 

5.  Deglutition  pneumonia  results  from  the  flow  of  blood, 
antiseptic  fluid  or  pus  into  the  lower  air  passages  during  the 
operation.     It  is  caused  either  from  anaesthesia  or  the  use 


Fig.  117. 

JNIolar  Denture  of  a  Young  Horse,  in  Which  Extraction  is  Difficult,  Owing 
to  the  Deep   Implantation. 

of  the  Speculum,  which  prevents  deglutition  of  fluids  which 
fall  into  the  pharynx. 

(3)  REMOVAL  OF  THE  EXTERNAL  ALVEOLAR  PLATE. 

(Williams'  Operation) . 
Equipment: — Bone    chisel,    narrow-blade    saw,     scalpel, 
dissecting   forceps,    artery   forceps,    mouth    speculum,    anti- 
septics, and  mouth  gag. 


168 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY 


Fig.  ii8. 

Molar  Dc"li;re  rf  Mature  Aliddle  Acred  Horse. 


Fk;.  1 19. 
Molar   Denture   of   an    .\s:e(l    Horse,    in    Wliich    Fxtraction    is    Easy,    Owing 

to   llie    Sliallow    Implantation. 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


169 


Restraint: — Lateral  recumbent  position,  under  chloro- 
form anaesthesia  or  local  cocainization,  preferably  the 
former. 

Indications: — This  operation  should  be  adopted  univer- 
sally for  the  removal  of  the  first,  second  and  third  superior 
molars.  Applied  to  the  fourth  or  fifth  superior  molars  a  de- 
formity of  the  face  results  from  the  removal  of  the  extremity 
of  the   maxillary  spine,   and  besides   it   has   no  advantages 


Fig.  120. 
Chisel. 


Fig.  121. 
Saw. 


Fig.  I2IA. 
Mouth    Gag. 
The  Most  Appropriate  Specuhim  for 
Williams'   Operation. 


over  repulsion  for  these  teeth.  It  may  also  be  applied  to 
removal  of  the  first,  second  and  third  inferior  molars,  but  in 
these  it  has  no  special  advantages  over  repulsion.  For  the 
first  three  superior  molars,  especially  the  third  and  second, 
the  operation  is  almost  indispensable,  and  it  out-classes  re- 
pulsion because  the  almost  perpendicular  wall  of  the  skull  at 
this  point  prevents  the  placing  of  the  punch  on  a  straight 
line  with  the  tooth,  and  finally,  in  repulsing  the  third  tooth 
the  opening,  if  properly  placed,  necessitates  division  of  the 


170  ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 

superior  maxillary  branch  of  the  fifth  cranial  nerve  near  its 
exit  ivoni  the  infraorhital  foramen. 

ist  step. — Clip,  shave  and  disinfect  a  liberal  space  at  seat 
of  operation. 

2nd  step. — ]\Iake  a  longitudinal  (parallel  to  long  axis  of 
skull)  incision  two  inches  long-  through  the  skin  and  muscles 
directly  over  the  root  of  the  affected  tooth. 

3rd  step. — Separate  the  soft  tissues  from  the  bone  from 
the  incision  to  the  gingival  margin  in  the  mouth. 

4th  step. — Saw  through  the  skull  along  the  interdentium 
on  each  side  of  the  tooth  ;  then  chisel  the  bone  fiap  loose 
superiorly. 

5th  step. — Pry  the  released  plate  of  bone  loose  with  the 
chisel,  and  remove  with  the  forceps. 

6th  step. — Release  and  elevate  the  tooth  by  prying  with 
chisel  and  mallet. 

7th  step. — Close  incision  with  sutures  and  arrest  hem- 
orrhage by  packing  from  wnthin  the  mouth. 

8th  step. — Remove  crown  of  opposing  molar  to  prevent 
packing  of  food  into  the  cavity. 

After-care. — Remove  the  packing  in  twenty-four  hours. 
Irrigate  daily  with  mild  antiseptic  solution,  and  keep  in- 
cision well  protected  with  clay  paste. 

(4)     REMOVAL  OF  TEETH  BY  SPLITTING  WITH  CHISEL. 

This  operation  is  indicated  for  the  removal  of  the  first 
superior  or  first  inferior  molars  when  the  crowns  cannot  be 
held  in  the  forceps.  It  is  performed  in  the  recumbent  posi- 
tion with  the  aid  of  a  mouth  speculum.  Recently  an  inven- 
tor has  placed  upon  the  market  a  tooth  chisel  shaped  like 
a  horseshoe,  that  can  be  used  to  chisel  any  molar  tooth. 
Such  an  instrument  is  of  service  in  splitting  and  removing 
badly  diseased  fangs  when  major  methods  are  unwarranted, 
and  to  serve  as  a  wedge  to  dislodge  the  remaining  fangs  of 


Animal  dentistry. 


171 


teeth   accidentally   fractured   in   attempts   to    extract    them 
with   the   forceps. 

EXTRACTION  OF  THE  INCISORS. 

Owing  to  the  deep  implantation  and  curvature  of  the 
fang,  the  incisors  cannot  be  readily  extracted  by  any  ordi- 
nary method,  except  in  extreme  old  age,  when  the  fang  has 
become  shortened.     During  youth  and  middle  age  their  ex- 


FlG.    122. 

Cut  Showing  the  Great  Length  ancl  Curvature  of  the  Incisors,  that  Prevents 

Forcep  Extraction. 

traction  can  only  be  accomplished  by  removal  of  the  anterior 
alveolar  plate  and  then  prying  the  tooth  out  with  a  chisel  or 
elevator.  The  subject  is  placed  in  the  recumbent  position 
and  the  mouth  tied  shut  with  several  wraps  of  sash  cord 
around  the  muzzle.  With  knife  and  forceps  the  mucous 
membrane  and  gums  are  removed  over  the  fang,  the  peri- 
osteum is  scraped  off  with  a  curette  and  the  bone  removed 


172 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


with  a  chisel.  When  the  fang  is  exposed  throughout  its 
entire  length  the  chisel  is  driven  under  the  tooth  and  it  is 
pried  out. 

The  incisors  of  the  solipeds  and  ruminants  are  seldom 
decayed  to  the  point  requiring  extraction.  Longitudinal 
fractures  from  falls  or  IjIows  may  loosen  a  part  of  an  incisor 
and  provoke  decay  of  the  remaining  portion,  and  occasion- 
ally a  persistent  temporary  with  a  long  fang  may  demand 
attention  to  improve  the  appearance  of  the  mouth,  but  aside 
from  these  instances  extraction  is  seldom  required.  The 
temporary  incisors  are  frequently  extracted  to  give  the  horse 
the  appearance  of  being  one  year  older,  or  when  the  shed- 
ding is  delayed  beyond  the  usual  period. 

EXTRACTION  OF  THE  CANINES  OF  HORSES. 

The  deep,  curved  alveolar  cavity  of  the  horse's  canines, 
like  the  incisors,  prevents  forcep-extraction,  in  the  young 
animal.  They  are  removed  only  in  the  recumbent  posture, 
by  the  removal  of  the  external  alveolar  plate  and  prying 
with  the  chisel  as  in  the  case  of  the  incisor. 

The  canines  are  seldom  decayed  except  from  pulpitis  and 
periostitis  following  injuries  to  the  tooth  or  jaw. 

CARIES. 

Synonyms: — Caries  dentium,  decayed  teeth,  ulceration 
of  teeth.  (It  must  not  be  confounded  wMth  alveolar  perios- 
titis of  herbivora). 

Definition: — Caries  signifies  rotteness.  As  a  diseased 
process  it  might  be  appropriately  defined  as  a  biochemic  de- 
composition of  the  dentinal  substance  originating  at  one  or 
more  points  of  a  tooth.  It  might  also  be  defined  as  a  pro- 
gressive disintegration  of  a  tooth's  substance,  penetrating 
from  the  surface  toward  the  center. 

Etiology: — The  exciting  cause  of  caries  is  erosion  or  frac- 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  I73 

ture  of  the  enamel  covering,  through  which  channel  acids 
and  micro-organisms  gain  access  to  the  sensitive  parts  of  the 
tooth.  The  acids  dissolve  the  calcium  salts  as  the  micro- 
organisms decompose  the  organic  material,  producing  con- 
jointly a  gradual  gnawing  away  of  the  substance.  The 
progress  of  disintegration  is  frequently  arrested  by  the  for- 
mation of  a  protecting  wall  around  the  cavity  not  unlike  the 
pyogenic  wall  of  an  abscess  of  the  soft  tissues.  This  process 
is  due  to  the  calcification  of  the  intra-tubular  substance  of 
the  dentine.  In  other  events  it  progresses  until  the  entire 
tooth  has  become  destroyed. 

The  acids  responsible  for  the  dissolution  of  the  cal- 
careous matter  of  the  tooth  reach  the  teeth  by  being  in- 
gested as  such,  or  by  the  transformation  of  food  products 
into  acid  substances.  The  micro-organisms  are  the  putrefac- 
tive parasites  which  normally  inhabit  the  mouth  and  which 
only  become  pathogenic  at  the  proper  opportunity.  Efforts 
to  isolate  a  specific  organism  have  thus  far  failed. 

The  predisposing  causes  are  numerous.  Impairment  of 
the  general  health  during  the  period  of  dental  evolution, 
rickets,  pregnancy,  irregularities  of  the  arcades,  meat  diet 
and  uncleanliness  of  the  mouth  are  the  chief  conditions  re- 
sponsible for  the  disease. 

Susceptible  animals.  In  man  caries  is  the  most  common 
of  all  pathological  conditions.  Few  mature  human  beings 
escape  its  ravages  upon  the  teeth.  It  is  essentially  a  disease 
of  mature  life,  although  when  the  predisposing  causes  are 
legion  even  the  temporary  teeth  may  be  attacked  to  a  re- 
markable extent.  In  the  domestic  animals  it  is  observed 
occasionally  in  the  old  dog,  hog  and  cat.  Solipeds  and 
ruminants  are  comparatively  free  from  caries.  In  these  ani- 
mals decay  of  the  teeth  takes  the  form  of  an  inflammatory 
disintegration.  (Necrosis,  see  page  152).  In  rare  cases  the 
dissolution  of  the  herbivorous  tooth  may  undergo  a  disin- 


174 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


tegrating  process  which  neither  resembles  caries  (the  non- 
inflammatory condition)  nor  necrosis  (the  inflammatory 
condition),  and  as  a  result  leaves  the  impression  that  caries 
is  existent  in  the  herbivorous  animals.  Caries,  the  disease 
of  human  teeth  having  its  uniform  cause,  course  and  termi- 
nation, is  not  seen  in  the  herbivora,  and  the  short  lives  of 
the  other  domestic  animals  places  the  disease  among  the 
rare  disorders  in  veterinary  practice. 

Treatment: — The  carious  tooth  of  dogs,  cats  and  pigs 
is  treated  by  prompt  extraction.  Leveling,  burnishing  and 
stopping  the  carious  cavity,  which  constitutes  the  universal 
treatment  of  the  disease  in  the  human  tooth  is  an  attainment 
not  expected  of  a  veterinarian  at  the  present  time,  and  the 


Fig.  I22.\. 
White's  Dog  Speculum. 

rarity  of  the  indications   will   doul)tless  always  prevent   its 
introduction  into  the  veterinarv  college  curriculum. 


EXTRACTION  OF  THE  TEETH  OF  DOGS. 

When  the  teeth  of  carnivora  are  loosened  from  disease 
their  extraction  is  easily  accomplished  with  the  forceps,  but 
when  the  implantation  is  not  disturbed  they  can  seldom  be 
extracted  without  fracture.  The  canines,  especially,  are 
firmly  imbedded  into  a  curved  cavity  and  will  defeat  any 
ordinary  method  of  removal. 

The  extraction  of  the  teeth  of  dogs  is  best  accomplished 
by  first  disturbing  the  implantation  with  a  cutting  bone  for- 
ceps along  each  side  of  the  fang  before  applying  the  ex- 
tracting forceps.     The  molars,  canines  and  incisors  may  be 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  I75 

treated  in  the  same  manner.  A  handy  method  of  securing 
a  dog  for  tooth  extraction  is  to  tie  a  piece  of  tape  around 
each  jaw  behind  the  canine  teeth,  then  an  assistant  stands 
astride  of  the  dog,  pinches  the  head  taut  between  his  knees 
and  holds  the  mouth  open  with  the  tape  as  the  operator 
appHes  the  instruments.  This  method  is  even  preferable  to 
the  operating  table,  which  places  the  mouth  in  an  awkward 
position  for  extraction. 

ABNORMAL  ERUPTIONS  OF  THE  TEETH. 

Shedding  of  the  incisor  teeth  depends  upon  "growth  pres- 
sure" from  the  permanent  successors.     If  the  forming  tooth 


Fig.  I22B. 
Baker's   Dog    Speculum. 

does  not  adjust  itself  directly  upon  the  apex  of  the  temporary 
fang  the  latter  may  remain  wedged  between  two  contiguous 
teeth  through  life.  If  this  same  condition  exists  in  all  the 
incisors  the  result  is  a  complete  double  set  of  incisors. 

When  such  abnormalities  are  observed  early  enough  the 
temporary  teeth  should  be  extracted.  In  later  years  they  are 
best  left  undisturbed. 

The  canine  teeth  frequently  remain  covered  with  the 
gums  for  several  years  after  their  usual  period  of  eruption, 
and  thus  cause  a  more  or  less  painful  irritation  to  the  mouth. 
The  condition  is  observed  most  frequently  in  the  six  and 
seven-year-old  driving  horse  by  the  resistance  such  animals 


176 


ANIMAL   DENTIS'I'RV. 


offer  to  the  adjustment  of  the  l)ridle  or  by  shaking  the  head 
while  driving.  The  condition  is  met  by  lancing  the  gums, 
which  is  best  done  with  the  curved  scissors. 

The  molar  teeth  having  temporary  prcclecessors,  the  first, 
second  and  third,  for  obscn-re  reasons  occasionally  cease  to 
grow  sufficiently  to  force  out  the  temporary  ones,  and  as 
the  latter  are  not  sufficiently  stable  to  perform  the  function 
of  mastication,  the  whole,  area  becomes  infected  and  the 
result  is  a  large  tumefaction  of  the  jaw.  When  the  tem- 
porary teeth  arc  extracted  the  dead  undeveloped  permanent 


Fig.  123. 
A   Persisting  Temporary   Tooth   Due   to   Faulty   Eruption   of   Its   Permanent 

Successor. 

ones  are  found  lying  loosely  beneath  them.  This  condition 
is  found  chiefly  on  the  lower  jaw.  The  condition  will  always 
respond  promptly  to  the  removal  of  both  the  temporary  and 
permanent  teeth  involved  in  the  process.  One,  two  or  all 
three  teeth  may  be  affected. 

On  the  superior  jaw  osteoma  of  the  maxilla  over  the 
third,  second  or  first  molars  is  often  produced  1)y  backward 
pressure  of  the  permanent  teeth  when  their  dow^nward 
growth  is  blocked  by  a  wedged  temporary  tooth. 

These  conditions  occur  in  young  horses  from  two  to  five 
years  old  and  are  often  mistaken  for  decayed  teeth  or  tumors 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY.  ]77 

of  more  serious  import.  They  may  be  unilateral  or  bilateral. 
If  the  temporary  tooth  is  already  shed  the  condition  must 
be  treated  on  the  expectant  plan.  Blisters  and  time  will 
remove  the  condition  in  from  two  months  to  one  year.  They 
seldom  persist  longer.  Removal  of  the  greater  portion  of 
the  tumor  by  trephining  it  from  apex  to  base  with  a  large 
trephine  will  hurry  the  recovery,  but  there  is  some  danger 
of  producing  a  chronic  fistula  that  is  difficult  to  heal. 

DENTAL  CYSTS. 

Dental  cysts  is  the  name  we  apply  to  cystic  growths  oc- 
curring along  the  course  of  the  artery  supplying  the  tooth. 
They  vary  in  size  from  small  sacs  the  size  of  a  marble  to 
growths  that  entirely  fill  the  sinuses  and  even  cause  bulging 
of  the  facial  bones.  They  are  probably  the  result  of  athero- 
matous degeneration  in  the  wall  of  the  nutrient  artery  of  the 
molar  tooth.  They  frequently  become  infected  and  cause 
alveolar-periostitis,  chronic  nasal  catarrh,  or  both.  Regard- 
less of  size,  they  completely  destroy  the  nutrition  of  the 
tooth  by  obliterating  the  nutrient  vessel,  and  after  they  ex- 
pel their  contents  the  dead  tooth,  entirely  stripped  of  its 
peridental  covering,  is  left  projecting  into  the  sinus.  During 
the  early  stages  of  the  resulting  catarrh  a  diagnosis  of  the 
real  condition,  before  operation,  is  impossible.  A  tooth  so 
aiTected  will  finally  become  loosened  and  thereby  for  the 
first  time  reveal  the  true  cause  of  the  catarrh.  In  rare  in- 
stances the  projecting  root  becomes  encysted  in  a  new  mass 
of  fibrous  tissue  and  remains  intact  through  life.  The  dental 
cyst  explains  the  nature  of  the  cause  of  some  of  these  ob- 
scure cases  of  chronic  nasal  catarrh  which  are  described  as 
primary.  When  recognized  these  cysts  are  treated  by  re- 
pulsion of  the  afTected  tooth,  which  is  located  by  palpation 
or  inspection  after  the  skull  has  been  trephined.    The  disease 


178 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


is  confined  to  the  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  superior  molars,  and 
it  originates  in  the  young-  animal. 

ODONTOMATA. 

Synonym: — Tooth  tumors. 

Definition: — A    dentinal     growth     of    non-infiammatory 
origin,  occurring  on  the  fangs  of  the  teeth. 

Etiology: — The  cause  of  these  growths  is  obscure.    The\^ 


M 

if 

Jt 

■y 

^NP 

m-\ 

^A 

^M.'f'     ■ 

p  '  *     ^H 

\ 

Fig.  124.  Fig.  125. 

A  Large  Odontoma  of  the  6th  Su-        Odontomata  of  the  3rd  and  4th   Su- 
perior Molar.  perior  Molars. 

are  probably  the  result  of  some  perversion   of  their   foetal 
evolution. 

Symptoms: — The  odontoma  may  exist  unobserved  until 
attempt  is  made  to  extract  the  tooth  to  which  it  is  attached. 
The  tooth  will  be  easily  loosened,  but  in  spite  of  all  efforts 
it  cannot  be  lifted  from  its  cavity.  There  is  usually  a  slight 
tumefaction  of  the  skull  over  its  fang.  In  the  superior  ar- 
cades and  on  the  posterior  teeth  of  the  inferior  arcades  they 


ANIMAL  DE/NTISTRY. 


179 


are  occasionally  determined  by  monstrosity  of  the  crown. 
The  crown  will  be  found  expanded  in  all  directions,  often 
extending  well  toward  the  median  line  of  the  palate.  They 
may  weigh  upward  to  five  or  six  pounds. 

Treatment: — The  odontoma  causing  no  inconvenience  is 
left  undisturbed.  When  ablation  becomes  necessary  through 
decay  of  the  tooth  or  infection  of  the   surrounding  perios- 


FiG.  126. 

An  Odontoma  of  the  2nd  Inferior  Molar  Weighing  5   Pounds.     The  White 

Portion  Is  the  Table   Surface  of  the  Original  Tooth. 

teum,  they  are  removed  by  first  trephining  and  chiseling  the 
skull  over  the  most  prominent  part  of  the  tumor,  and  then 
dividing  it  into  sections  until  repulsion  is  possible. 

BRACHYGNATHISM. 

Synonyms — Parrot   mouth.       Receding    jaw.      Receding 
chin. 


180 


ANIiMAL    DENTISTRY 


Definition — A  congenital  deformity  in  which  the  supe- 
rior incisors  overlap  the  inferior. 

Etiology — A  congenital  deformity  of  obscure  cause.  The 
deformity  consists  of  a  deficiency  in  the  proper  length  of  the 
inferior  maxillary,  or  an  abnormal  elongation  of  the  pre- 
maxilla. 

Symptoms — Overlapping  of  the  inferior  incisor  by  the 
superior  ones  with  more  or  less  elongation  of  the  first  supe- 
rior and  sixth  inferior  molars.    The  condition  becomes  more 


Fig.  127. 
A  Typical  Ca?e  of  Bracln-gnathism. 

and  more  aggravated  with  age.  As  the  molars  wear  away 
the  inferior  incisors  reach  the  palate  behind  the  superior  in- 
cisors. Nature,  however,  seems  to  meet  the  condition  by 
hardening  of  the  palate  and  rounding  the  premaxilla  so  as  to 
accommodate  the  gradual  transgression  of  the  inferior  in- 
cisors. There  will  be  difficulty  in  the  prehension  of  attached 
food,  and  the  animal  will  be  difficult  to  keep  in  good  condi- 
tion. 

Treatment — Parrot  mouth  is  a  defect  for  which  horses 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY 


181 


must  be  condemned  in  an  inspection  for  soundness.  The 
inferior  incisors  must  be  shortened  by  filing  from  time  to 
time,  and  the  elongated  molars  must  be  trimmed  to  the  level 
of  the  other  teeth.  Shortening  the  superior  incisor  is  useless 
and  inadvisable.  Filing  or  cutting  a  considerable  portion  of 
either  the  inferior  or  superior  incisors  is  harmful,  as  these 
teeth,  having  never  been  subjected  to  the  influence  of  wear, 


Fig.  128. 
A  Typical   Case   of    Prognathism. 

are  sensitive  to  the  very  tables,  and  will  bleed  if  much  of  the 
crown  is  removed. 

PROGNATHISM. 

Synonyms — Undershot.  Prominent  jaw.  Prominent 
chin. 

Definition — A  congenital  deformity  in  which  the  inferior 
incisors  overlap  the  superior.     The  deformity  consists  of  a 


1S:> 


ANIMAL    DKXTISTRY 


deficiency  in  the  proper  leni^tli  of  the  jiremaxilla  or  an  elon- 
gation  of   the    inferior   niaxilhi. 

Symptoms — Prognathism  exists  most  frcMfiiently  in  dogs 
in  which  animals  it  is  characteristic  of  certain  breeds.  It  is, 
however,  occasionally  encountered  in  the  horse,  the  molars 
sharine  the  abnormality. 


Fig.   129. 
A  Typical    Case   of   Parvignatliisni    (Ostertag). 
A,  B.     The  beveled  molars. 
C.     1st   inferior   molar  absent. 

Treatment — Tn  the  dog,  none.  In  the  horse  the  superior 
incisor  crowns  are  shortened  from  time  to  time  by  filing  and 
the  molars  are  kept  level. 

PARVIGNATHISM. 

Synonyms — Scissor  mouth.      Ijevcling  of  the   molars. 
Definition — A  congenital   deformity  consisting  of  a   de- 
ficiency in  tlie  proper  width  of  the  lower  jaw,  or  more  prop- 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


183 


Fig.  130. 
Parvignathism,  with  Beveling  of  the  Buccal  Surface  of  the  Inferior  Molars 


// 


{^. 


Fig.  131. 

Samples  of  Beveled  Molars  Removed. 


Ig^  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 

erly  speaking,  a  deficiency  in  the  proper  distance  between 
the  inferior  arcades,  causing  a  bevehng  of  the  molars. 

Symptoms — The  l)eveHng  is  usually  confined  to  but  one 
side.  The  molars  of  one  superior  arcade  become  beveled 
from  without  inward  entirely  obstructing  the  lateral  motion 
toward  the  affected  side.  The  condition  is  frequently  com- 
plicated with  decay  of  one  or  more  molars,  and  mastication 
is  almost  impossible  in  the  advanced  stage.  Parvignathism 
is  one  of  the  most  serious  irregularities  of  the  horse's  mouth. 

Treatment — With  the  large  lever  cutter  (Fig.  92),  the 
beveled  crowns  of  the  entire  superior  and  inferior  arcades 
must  be  trimmed  almost  to  the  level  of  the  gums,  beginning 
with  the  first  tnolars,  and  the  decayed  teeth,  if  any,  must  be 
removed.  This  treatment,  while  placing  one-half  of  all  the 
molars  entirely  "out  of  commission,"  w^ill  be  met  by  prompt 
relief  to  the  patient. 

PROJECTIONS    ON    THE    FIRST    SUPERIOR    AND 
SIXTH  INFERIOR  MOLARS. 

Definition — A  universal  irregularity  existing  in  the  molar 
arcades  of  all  mature  horses,  consisting  of  sharpened  points 
of  enamel  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  superior  arcades  and  the 
posterior  end  of  the  inferior  arcades. 

Etiology — The  aggravated  forms  due  to  such  gross  de- 
formities as  brachygnathism  or  congenital  or  acquired  de- 
ficiency in  the  proper  length  of  one  or  both  arcades  are  not 
included  in  this  category.  The  large  elongations  occurring 
at  the  extremities  in  either  of  the  molar  arcades  are  usually 
due  to  a  deficiency  in  the  length  of  the  opposing  arcade, 
but  in  this  minor  irregularity  the  lengths  of  the  arcades 
are  equal.  These  points  are  caused  by  the  position  of  the 
muscles  of  mastication.  The  fixed  attachments  of  all  the 
muscles  of  mastication   except  the   masseter    and    external 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  185 

pterygoid  are  located  posteriorly,  and  therefore  lift  the  jaw 
slightly  backward  at  each  contraction.  The  absence  of  any 
muscle  with  an  anterior  fixed  attachment  to  antagonize  this 
backward  traction  is  the  cause  of  these  universal  irregulari- 
ties. The  masseter's  influence  in  that  connection  is  insuf- 
ficient. 

Treatment — In  driving  horses  the  anterior  ones  wound 
the  mucosa  and  require  filing.' 

PROJECTIONS  ON  THE  SUPERIOR  CORNERS. 

(See  Fig.  72.) 

At  about  the  age  of  seven  years  there  appears  on  the 
superior  corner  incisor  a  sharp  enamel  point  which  in  most 
instances  will  disappear  during  the  three  ensuing  years. 
This  irregularity  is  due  to  a  congenital  deficiency  in  the  di- 
mension of  the  inferior  corners.  They  disappear  under  the 
influence  cited  in  the  preceding  paragraph,  i.  e.,  the  back- 
ward traction  by  the  muscles  of  mastication. 

ACQUIRED  ELONGATION  OF  THE  MOLARS. 

Definition — Projections  of  the  molars  into  vacant  cavi- 
ties on  the  opposing  arcades. 

Etiology — The  common  cause  of  elongation  of  this  vari- 
ety is  the  loss  of  a  molar  by  extraction.  They  occur  also 
from  the  decayed  molar  that  offers  no  adequate  wearing 
surface  for  its  opponent.  Occasionally  in  old  age  the  molars 
become  excavated  from  a  defect  in  texture. 

Symptoms — Defective  mastication,  rejection  of  food,  ac- 
cumulation of  food  beneath  the  buccinator  and  tumefaction 
of  the  jaw  are  the  signs  usually  directing  the  attention  to 
such  teeth.  Palpation  and  inspection  will  reveal  a  large 
tuberous  projection  involving  one  or  two  teeth  in  one  ar- 
cade, and  a  vacant  tooth  cavity  or  a  decayed  tooth,  in  the 


186 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


opposing  one.  In  the  aggravated  forms  there  will  also  be 
a  considerable  excavation  of  the  jaw  in  the  vacant  cavity. 
Owing  to  the  frequency  of  decay  in  the  fourth  superior  molar 
the  condition  appears  chiefly  in  the  region  of  the  fourth  in- 
ferior molar. 

Treatment — Trimming  to  the  level  of  the  arcade  with 
the  lever  cutter  in  young  animals  and  extraction  in  the  aged 
patient.  In  horses  more  than  fifteen  years  old  the  implan- 
tation is  so  unstable  that  the  cutting  process  may  loosen  the 
tooth. 


Fig.  132. 
Typical   Case  of  Elongation  of  the  4th    Inferior   Molar    (Ostertag). 

OPERATION  OF  CUTTING  ELONGATIONS. 

Restraint — Standing  position  with  the  dental  halter  and 
without  the  use  of  the  speculum.  The  speculum  will  pre- 
vent placing  the  cutter  evenly  over  the  crown  of  the  tooth. 

Equipment — Dental  halter,  open  molar  cutter,  floats  and 
file. 

Modus  Operandi — For  the  left  side  guide  the  head  of  the 
cutter  to  the  tooth  with  the  left  hand,  as  the  other  hand 
supports    them    by    the    handles.      Place    the    left    handle 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


187 


of  the  cutter  against  the  chest  and  open  it  with  the  right 
hand,  then  adjust  the  jaws  over  the  base  of  the  elongation. 
Retract  the  left  hand  and  cut  off  the  tooth  with  both  hands. 
In  the  superior  arcades  the  great  volume  of  the  elongation 
may  necessitate  the  application  of  considerable  force.    Care 


Fig.  132a.     (Also  Fig.  92.) 
The  Open  Molar  Lever   Cutter. 

must  be  taken  in  aged  horses,  and  in  the  case  of  the  molars 
at  the  extremities  of  the  arcades,  that  the  tooth  is  not  loos- 
ened by  a  sudden  movement  of  the  patient's  head.  After 
cutting  the  elongation  the  arcade  is  leveled  with  the  floats 


Fig.   132b.      (Also  Fig.  98a.) 
Handles  for  Figs.  92,  92a,  94,  94a,  95,  97  and  98. 

and  file.  Small  pointed  projections  on  the  inferior  arcades 
may  be  cut  with  the  closed  molar  trimmers  when  they  are 
too  narrow  for  the  large  opening  of  the  lever  cutter. 

ENAMEL  POINTS. 

Synonyms — Sharp    teeth.      Lateral    enamel    projections. 
Enamel  points  of  herbivora. 

Definition — Sharp  points  of  enamel  at  the  table  extrem- 


188  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 

ity  of  the  lonp^itiulinal  ridges  of  the  molars,  occurring  rilong 
the  buccal  border  of  the  superior  arcades  and  the  lingual 
border  of  the   inferior. 

Etiology — Enamel  points  are  not  pathological.  They 
are  a  normal  part  of  the  dental  mechanism,  serving  the  pur- 
pose of  a  rake  to  maintain  fibrous  forage  between  the  teeth. 
Being  normal  structures  their  causes  are  strictly  of  an  in- 
tended,  predisposing  character,   namely: 

(i)   The  relative  narrowness  of  the  inferior  molars. 

(2)  The  relative  narrowness  of  the  lower  jaw. 

(3)  The  ginglymoid  character  of  the  temporo-maxil- 

lary  articulation,  limiting  the  lateral  motion  of 
the  jaw. 

(4)  The  longitudinal  ridges,  the  enamel  of  which  ren- 

ders possible  the  formation  of  points. 

(5)  The  herbivorous    characteristic    of    which    three 

substances  of  unequal  densities  are  in  wear. 

(6)  The  normal  wear  of  the  teeth. 

Symptoms — Under  strictly  natural  conditions  they  are 
not  harmful,  but  from  the  artificial  influences  to  which  the 
horse  is  subjected  they  frequently  wound  the  buccal  sur- 
faces. The  widely  accepted  impression  that  they  limit  mas- 
tication by  obstructing  the  free  lateral  swing  of  the  jaw  is  not 
founded  upon  facts.  Their  sole  harmful  effect  is  the  wound- 
ing of  the  mucous  membrane.  The  wounds  are  usually  lo- 
cated on  the  cheek  opposite  the  first  and  second,  and  fifth 
superior  molars.  The  former  are  caused  by  the  friction 
of  the  bit  and  bridle  and  the  latter  by  the  forcible  movements 
of  the  masseter  muscle.  The  lesions  vary  from  slight  ero- 
sions of  the  mucous  membrane  to  large  ulcer-like  patches 
one  inch  in  diameter.  Other  parts  of  the  cheek  and  the 
tongue  are  seldom  wounded.  They  attain  the  greatest  size 
between  the  ages  of  5  and  8  years. 

Wounds  of  the  cheeks  which  are  being  perpetually  ag- 


1 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  189 

gravated  by  enamel  points  limit  mastication  and  favor  gas- 
tric indigestion.  In  drivers,  runners  and  saddle  horses  they 
are  the  greatest  sources  of  annoyance.  The  expert  reinsman 
will  promptly  recognize  their  presence  by  the  horse's  be- 
havior in  harness.  Lugging,  side-reining,  ptyalism,  tender- 
ness about  the  seat  of  bit,  manifestations  of  pain  from  the 
bridle  are  symptoms  of  these  lesions. 

Treatment — The  treatment  consists  of  filing  with  the 
floats  and  file.  Trimming  with  the  closed  molar  trimmers 
(Fig.  91)  preceding  the  filing  cannot  be  defended  by  any 
logical  argument.  If  this  instrument  could  be  accurately 
adjusted  to  the  very  tips  of  the  points,  as  they  are  intended, 
they  would  materially  lessen  the  labor  of  the  operation,  but 
as  only  the  very  skillful  operator  can  properly  accomplish 
this  feat,  the  use  of  the  trimmers  should  be  dispensed  with 
in  the  interest  of  judicious  and  scientific  dentistry.  A  few 
carefully  directed  strokes  of  the  fioat  equipped  with  the  rasp 
blade  will  rapidly  blunt  the  sharp  projections  to  the  desired 
point.  Rounding  the  borders  of  the  molars  is  harmful.  The 
aim  in  dressing  the  teeth  of  a  horse  should  be  to  simply  blunt 
the  enamel  points  along  the  course  of  the  arcades  and  to 
"round  up"  the  first  superior  and  first  inferior  molars  as 
smooth  as  an  ivory  ball.  The  wounds  from  the  bridle  are 
thus  prevented  and  there  will  be  no  interference  with  mas- 
tication from  the  too  liberal  use  of  instruments  along  the 
whole  arcade.  The  closed  incisor  trimmers  are  indispensable 
to  trim  the  projection  at  the  extremities  of  the  arcades,  and 
on  the  first  inferior  molar  the  angular  trimmer  may  be 
used.     (Fig.  98.) 

OPERATION   OF  TRIMMING  AND   FLOATING  THE   MOLARS. 

Equipment — Straight  float,  angular  float,  closed  molar 
trimmers,  twelve-inch  file,  a  pail  of  water,  and  the  dental 
halter. 


190  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 

Restraint — The  horse  is  secured  in  the  stan(iin_£^  position, 
backed  into  a  single  stall  and  fastened  to  the  pillar  with  the 
dental  halter.  The  halter  ropes  are  fastened  to  the  pillars 
low  enough  to  hold  the  head  at  the  proper  height.  When 
the  construction  of  the  pillars  prevents  tying  the  ropes  low 
enough,  an  additional  rope  is  fastened  from  the  halter  at  the 
lower  extremity  of  the  iron  band  and  passed  between  the 
forelegs  around  the  withers,  and  back  again  between  the 
legs  to  the  halter,  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  the  head 
from  being  held  too  high.  This  method  is  also  serviceable 
in  securing  horses  in  a  loose  box  or  paddock  where  stalls 
are  wanting.     (See  Fig.  105.) 

The  mouth  speculum  must  be  dispensed  with,  as  it  posi- 
tively interferes  wnth  the  free  use  of  the  instruments  and 
provokes  resistance,  which  is  otherwise  avoided.  The  twitch 
also  is  contra-indicated,  even  on  the  vicious  animal. 

The  aim  in  securing  the  horse,  as  in  performing  the  oper- 
ation, is  to  avoid  the  use  of  any  force  that  will  be  resented. 

Examination  of  the  Mouth — First,  the  incisors  are  in- 
spected to  determine  the  age  and  the  presence  of  any  harm- 
ful disorders  or  irregularities.  Then  the  palmar  surface  of 
the  thumbs  is  passed  along  the  interdental  space  of  the  lower 
jaw  to  locate  possible  bit  lesions,  and  without  withdrawing 
them  they  are  turned  upward  against  the  interdental  space 
of  the  upper  jaw  to  palpate  for  wolf  teeth.  Third,  the  mo-  ^ 
lars  are  palpated  by  passing  the  hand  backwards  between 
the  tongue  and  molar  arcades.   (See  diagnosis.) 

Modus  Operandi — The  canines  may  first  be  blunted  with 
the  twelve-inch  file,  to  prevent  wounding  the  hands,  but  the 
blunting  process  must  be  limited  to  the  very  tips  of  the 
crowns,  owing  to  the  fact  that  a  short  blunt  canine  gives  the 
appearance  of  age,  and  thus  leaves  an  opportunity  for  just 
criticism. 

The  second  step  of  the  operation  consists  of  trimming  the 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


191 


ends  of  the  arcades,  with  the  closed  molar  trimmers,  but 
only  when  the  projections  are  long  enough  to  warrant  their 
use.  The  first  superior  molar  and  the  sixth  inferior  alone 
require  this  treatment,   in  the  normal   mouth. 

The  remainder  of  the  operation — the  floating  and  filing — 
is  performed  as  follows:  .   • 

1st.  Float  the  posterior  two-thirds  of  the  right  superior 
arcade,  with  the  straight  float,  the  anterior  one-third  with 
the  angular  float,  and  then  blunt  the  anterior  end  of  the  first 
molar  with  the  twelve-inch  file. 

2nd.  Observe  the  same  routine  on  the  left  superior  ar- 
cade. 


Fig.  89. 


Fig.  89a. 
Straight  and  Angular  Floats,  with  Lines  showing  the  Proper  Angle  of 

Each. 

3rd.  Float  the  entire  left  inferior  arcade  with  the 
straight  float,  and  bevel  smoothly  the  anterior  end  of  the 
first  molar  with  the  twelve-inch  file. 

4th.  Observe  the  same  routine  on  the  right  inferior  ar- 
cade. 

5th.  Extract  wolf  teeth,  if  any  exist,  and  complete  the 
operation  by  blunting  any  sharp  projection,  on  the  superior 
molar,  that  may  exist  behind  them,  and  which  could  not  have 
been  reached  prior  to  their  extraction. 

It  will  be  observed  that  in  the  above  routine  the  arcades 
beginning  with  the  right  superior,  are  dressed  consecutively. 
The  work  on  each  one  is  completed  before  passing  to  the 
next,  until  all  four  have  been  perfectly  attended  to.     The 


192 


ANIMAL   DENTIS'I'RY. 


only  ol)jcction  to  this  order  of  manipulations  is  the  loss  of 
time  consumed  in  changing  instruments.  When  speed  is  a 
consideration,  all  the  work  required  of  each  instrument  is 
completed  before  the  instrument  is  laid  aside,  as  follows: 

1st.  Float  the  posterior  two-thirds  of  the  superior  ar- 
cades, and  all  of  both  inferior  arcades,  with  the  straight 
float. 

2nd.  Float  the  anterior  one-third  of  the  superior  ar- 
cades, with  the  angular  float. 

3rd.  Blunt  and  bevel  the  ends  of  the  arcades  with  the 
twelve-inch  file. 

Whatever  is  adopted,  it  will  be  found  advantageous  to 


Fig.  90. 

form  the  hal)it  of  following  the  routine  in  either  plan,  in 
order  to  avoid  omissions  and  unnecessary  examinations  of 
the  mouth  to  determine  the  amount  of  filing  that  has  been 
done.  It  is  an  error  to  use  the  floats  promiscuously  and  to 
repeatedly  palpate  to  note  the  results.  Such  methods  pro- 
voke resistance,  which  is  avoided  in  more  systematic  work. 

METHOD  OF  USING  THE  FLOATS  AND  FILES  IN  THE  FORE- 
GOING OPERATION. 

It  is  undeniable  that  one  operator  can  float  the  teeth 
of  horses,  and  in  fact,  use  any  of  the  dental  instruments 
without  provoking  the  least  resistance,  while  another  will 
have  more  or  less  troulile  with  every  animal  approached. 
So  marked  is  the  difference  in  this  connection  that  bystand- 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY.  I93 

ers  frequently  gain  the  impression  that  some  operators  exert 
a  mysterious  influence  over  their  patients.  The  secret  Hes 
solely  in  avoiding  the  use  of  force.  A  horse  will  resent 
forcible  opening  of  the  jaw,  forcible  insertion  of  the  hand 
backwards  into  the  molar  region,  forcible  restraint,  and 
injury  to  the  soft  structures  inflicted  by  improperly  directed 
instruments.  In  avoiding  these  manipulations  the  secret  is 
found.      Forcible   opening  of   the   mouth    is   unnecessary   in 


Fic.  133. 
Position  of  Hands  to  Float  the  Right  Superior  Molar  Arcade. 

using  the  float.  As  only  the  edges  of  the  arcades  are  floated 
the  instrument  may  be  passed  unobstructed  to  their  very 
end  without  opening  the  mouth  more  than  half  an  inch.  In 
the  lower  arcades  the  hand  must  be  passed  into  the  inter- 
dental space  to  guide  the  shaft  of  the  float,  and,  as  a  result, 
the  mouth  is  opened  slightly  more  than  in  floating  the 
superior  ones,  but  to  prevent  resentment,  the  hand  in  the 
interdental  space  must  not  be  used  to  force  the  mouth 
open  when  the  animal  attempts  to  close  upon  it.     Its  pres- 


194 


AXl.MAL    DI-'-XTISTRY. 


ence  there  is  simply  to  i^uidc  tlic  tUjat  and  not  to  open  the 
mouth.  Injury  to  the  hand  is  prevented  Ijy  keeping  it  where 
it  cannot  be  squeezed  when  the  mouth  is  closed.  Resistance 
is  usually  provoked  in  this  manner  by  forcibly  attempting  to 
prevent  closure  of  the  moutli  in  fear  of  being  bitten.  The 
operator  must  learn  to  place  the  hand  only  where  it  cannot 
be  bitten  or  squeezed,  and  the  horse  must  be  permitted  to 
use  its  jaw  ad  libitum.     The  dental  operation  must  not  be  a 


Fig.  134. 
Position  of  Hands  to  Float  the  Left  Superior  Molar  Arcade. 

fight  for  superiority  in  strength  between  the  dentist's  hand 
and  the  patient's  jaw.  The  following  position  of  the  hands 
to  guide  the  instruments  will  serve  the  purpose. 

For  the  right  superior  arcade  place  the  tips  of  the  fingers 
of  the  left  hand  palm  upwards,  into  the  interdental  space, 
just  in  front  of  the  commissure,  or,  in  other  words,  in  front 
of  the  first  superior  molar.  Work  the  float  with  the  right 
hand  and  guide  its  shaft  with  the  palmar  surface  of  the 
fingers  of  the  left.     In  this  position  the  finger  tips  are  not 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


195 


passed  beyond  the  outer  border  of  the  jaw  (upper  branch 
of  the  premaxilla)  but  are  fortified  gently  upon  it.  The 
float  head  is  kept  flat  against  the  outer  edge  of  the  arcade 
and  not  upon  the  table  surface.     (See  Fig.  133.) 

For  the  left  superior  arcade  pass  the  left  hand,  palm  up- 
ward, through  the  interdental  space,  from  right  to  left,  until 
the  tips  of  the  fingers  protrude  slightly  from  the  left  commis- 
sure, and  let  the  thumb  rest  easily  on  the  palate  in  the  re- 


FiG.  135- 
Position  of  the  Hands  to  Float  the  Left  Inferior  Molar  Arcade. 

gion  of  the  first  superior  molar.  Work  the  float  with  the 
right  hand  and  guide  the  shaft  with  the  palmar  surface  of 
the  fingers  of  the  left.     (See  Fig.  134.) 

For  the  left  inferior  arcade  pass  the  left  hand,  palm  down- 
ward, through  the  interdental  space,  from  right  to  left,  under 
the  tongue,  and  when  the  left  border  of  the  tongue  is  reached 
with  the  finger  tips,  direct  the  hand  upward  between  the 
tongue  and  left  arcades  (the  dorsal  surface  to  the  tongue 
and  palmar  surface  to  the  arcades),  and  let  the  thumb  pro- 


196 


AMMAL   l)i;\'riS'l'RV 


trmlc  thr()Ui;li  the  left  commissure.  In  this  position  the 
anterior  end  of  the  arcade  h'es  between  the  tluimh  and  first 
finger,  and  the  wrist  is  kept  Hat  on  the  interdental  space  of 
tlie  lower  jaw,  to  keep  the  tons^ue  from  slipping  beneath  it. 
The  float  is  worked  with  the  riglit  hand,  and  the  shaft  is 
guided  by  the  palmar  surface  of  the  base  of  the  thumb.  The 
fioat  head  is  kept  flat  against  the  internal  border  of  the 
arcade,  and  not  (^n  tlie  tables.     (See  Fig.  135.) 


Fig.  136. 
Position  of  tlie  Hands  to  Float  tlic   Riglil   Inferior  Molar  Arcade. 

For  the  right  inferior  arcade  i)lace  the  right  hand  in  the 
same  relative  i)osition  as  the  left  was  placed  for  the  oppo- 
site inferior  arcade,  and  work  the  float  with  the  left  hand. 
Although  the  left  hand  is  the  awdcward  one,  it  is  advisable 
to  train  it  to  accomplish  this  feat,  as  it  is  the  only  position 
that  will  give  universal  satisfaction.  Another  method  con- 
sists of  placing  the  left  hand  upright  into  the  interdental 
space  and  guiding  the  shaft  between  the  second  and  third, 
or  third  and  fourth   lingers.     Still  another  method  consists 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


197 


of  passing  the  left  hand  into  the  interdental  space,  through 
the  right  commissure,  grasping  the  free  end  of  the  tongue 
firmly  with  the  fingers  and  then  passing  it  gently  out  of  the 
opposite  commissure.  In  this  position  the  float  is  worked 
with  the  right  hand,  and  the  shaft  is  guided  by  the  wrist, 
which  is  slightly  arched  upward  into  the  roof  of  the  mouth. 
The  right  inferior  arcade  is  more  dif^cult  to  float  than  the 
others  and  as  a  result  is  usually  found  neglected  posteriorly. 
(See  Fig.   136.) 


Fig.  137. 
Position  of  the  Hands  and  File  to  Blunt  the  Right  First  Superior  Molar. 

To  blunt  the  right  first  superior  molar  place  the  left  hand 
into  the  right  cominissure  between  the  cheek  and  the  molar 
arcades,  then  pass  the  twelve-inch  file  (in  the  right  hand) 
through  the  interdental  space  from  the  opposite  commissure 
to  its  finger  tips.  Work  the  file  with  the  right  hand  and 
guide  it  around  the  end  and  side  of  the  arcade  with  the  finger 
tips  of  the  left.  Change  positions  to  round  the  arcade  an- 
teriorly and  internally  as  follows :  Place  the  left  hand  to- 
ward the  nasal  roof  and  the  thumb  into  the  commissure  to 


198 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY 


retract  and  elevate  it.  then  work  the  file  with  the  right  hand. 
(See  Figs.  141-137.) 

To  blunt  the  left  first  superior  molar  place  the  right  hand 
in  the  left  commissure,  between  the  cheek  and  teeth,  then 
pass  the  twelve-inch  file  through  the  interdental  space  from 
the  opposite  side  to  the  finger  tips  of  the  right  hand.  Work 
the  file  with  the  left  hand  and  guide  it  with  the  linger  tii)s  of 
the  right.     Change  the  position  to  bhmt  the  anterior  end  of 


Fig.  138. 
Second    Position   of   tlie   Hands   and   File   to   Rlunt   the   Left    l-'irst    Superior 

Molar. 

the  tooth,  as  follows:  Place  the  palm  of  the  left  hand  over 
the  nose  and  with  the  thumb  retract  and  elevate  the  com- 
missure of  the  mouth,  then  work  the  file  with  the  right  hand 
as  in  filing  the  opposite  side.     (See  Fig.  138.) 

.  To  bevel  the  right  first  inferior  molar  place  the  palm  of 
the  left  hand  on  the  inferior  border  of  the  lower  jaw,  and  re- 
tract and  depress  the  commissure  with  the  thumb,  then  work 
the  file  with  the  right  hand.     (Fig.  139.)     Change  the  position 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


199 


as  follows :  Pass  the  file  through  the  interdental  space  from 
left  to  right,  and  hold  it  upon  the  tooth  with  the  thumb  of 
the  left  hand,  then  work  the  file  by  short  movements  of 
both  hands. 

To  bevel  the  left  first  inferior  molar  open  the  mouth 
gently  by  grasping  the  tongue  and  turning  it  perpendicularly 
in  the  interdental  space ;  then  work  the  file  over  the  molar 
with  the   right   hand.      The   beveling  process   may  be   pre- 


FiG.  139. 
First   Position   of  the   Hands   and   ImIc   to   Revel   and   Blunt   the   Right   First 

Inferior  INIolar. 

ceded,  to  advantage,  by  first  trimming  the  anterior  angle 
of  the  crowns  with  the  angular  cutter.     (See  Fig.  140  ) 

The  above  is  simply  "a"  method  by  which  the  sharp 
points  on  the  molars  may  be  blunted  with  but  little  labor,  and 
without  provoking  resentment  from  the  horse.  Other  meth- 
ods may  serve  the  same  purpose,  providing  they  can  be 
carried  out  without  the  use  of  force. 

Occasionally  a  horse  that  has  been  roughly  handled  or 


200 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


one  that  has  never  l)econK'  accustomed  to  l)eing  handled 
about  the  head,  will  resent  the  attempt  to  open  the 
mouth  when  first  approached.  Such  animals  can  never  be 
conquered  by  force  or  rough  treatment,  sufficiently  to  enable 
the  operator  to  properly  carry  out  the  procedure,  but  by 
the  use  of  kindness  and  gentle  manijmlations  to  first  gain 
the  patient's  confidence,  few  dental  operations  need  be 
abandoned  on  account  of  resentment.     It  will  be  found  that 


Fig.  140. 
Position  of  the   ITaiifl   and    I''ile  to   Revel   and   RInnt   the   Left   First   Inferior 

Molar. 

the  most  resistance  is  offered  by  such  horses  while  the  float 
is  being  adjusted  to  the  teeth  or  while  the  hand  is  being- 
placed  in  position  to  receive  the  float,  and  that  the  resistance 
immediately  ceases  as  soon  as  the  filing  begins.  The  re- 
markable fact  that  a  horse  will  stand  "at  attention"  while 
the  rasping  proceeds  suggests  itself  as  a  method  of  taking 
advantage  of  a  resisting  horse.  Instead  of  first  placing-  the 
hand  into  the   interdental  space,    the    float    may    first    be 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


201 


promptly  passed  into  the  mouth,  and  as  the  horse  becomes 
attracted  by  the  unusual  sound  and  sensation  produced  by 
the  filing  no  further  resistance  may  be  offered  and  the  hand 
may  then  be  placed  unresented  into  the  interdental  space  to 
guide  the  float. 

Enamel  points  will  recur  in  about  three  months,  but  not 
to  a  sufficient  degree  to  produce  injuiy  until  the  twelfth  to 
the  eighteenth  month  after  the  operation.    At  the  age  of  five 


Fin.  141. 

Position   of  the   Hands   and    File   to   Complete   the   Rlnnting   Process    on   the 

Superior    Molars,    Externally. 

to  eight  years  their  recurrence  is  more  rapid  than  in  aged 
animals. 

Modifications — \\'hen  one  of  the  arcades  contains  a  de- 
cayed or  elongated  molar  the  normal  arcades  are  floated 
and  filed  before  any  attention  is  given  to  the  abnormal  one. 
The  painful  part  of  the  operation  is  performed  last  to  avoid 
the  resistance  that  might  be  provoked  thereby,  and  when  a 
tooth   is   extracted,   to  avoid   working  in   a   bloody   mouth. 


202  ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 

In  very  vicious  animals  the  recumljcnt  position  may  be  neces- 
sary to  properly  trim  tlic  molar  teeth,  hut  such  animals  are 
rarely  encountered.  In  our  experience  with  upwards  of  fifty 
thousand  horses  only  two  such  cases  have  been  met — one 
was  a  trotting  bred  stallion  and  the  other  a  hackney  gelding. 
Both  of  these  animals  would  resent  any  attempt  to  place  a 
float  into  the  mouth  l:)y  striking  viciously  with  tlie  fore  feet. 
In  such  cases  the  veterinarian  is  warranted  in  resorting  to  an 
appropriate  means  of  restraint,  in  the  recumbent  position. 

FLOATING  THE  TEETH  OF  THE  OX. 

The  ox  carries  the  head  low,  has  an  imyielding  tongue 
and  a  strong  jaw^  and  is  so  unaccustomed  to  being  handled 
about  the  mouth  that  it  makes  a  rather  unwelcome  subject 
for  dental  operations.  These  obstacles  are  met  by  securing 
the  head  and  neck  to  the  post  of  the  stall,  in  an  upward 
inclination,  and  by  keeping  the  mouth  open  with  a  strong 
speculum  consisting  of  an  ol)long  loop  of  iron  placed  within 
the  interdental  s])acc.  The  ordinary  horse  speculum  is  too 
frail  to  withstand  the  forcible  jaw  of  an  ox. 

The  superior  arcades  are  floated  with  the  hand  in  the 
same  position  as  in  the  horse,  but  in  the  inferior  ones  it  is 
kept  in  the  interdental  space  and  not  between  the  tongue 
and  teeth.  The  float  is  directed  from  within  outward  to 
follow  the  direction  of  the  arcades. 

Enamel  points  are  less  harmful  in  the  ox  owing  to  the 
toughness  of  the  buccal  mucosa,  yet  buccal  wounds  from 
sharp  teeth  are  not  uncommon  in  animals  past  the  age  of 
three  years. 

WOLF  TEETH. 

Synonyms — Remnant  teeth.  Supernumerary  teeth.  Sup- 
plementary teeth.     I'^ye  teeth. 

Definition — The  wolf  teeth  may  be  defined  as  retrogres- 
sive teeth   representing  the    premolars    of    the    prehistoric 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY 


203 


horse.  They  are  not  the  result  of  accidental  dental  develop- 
ment but  a  constant  normal  part  of  the  equine  denture  un- 
dergoing degeneration  under  the  influence  of  selection,  as 
the  "wisdom  teeth"  of  man  are  disappearing  under  the  in- 
lluence  of  civilization.  The  use  of  the  bit  through  innumer- 
abe  generations  appears  to  have  rid  the  interdental  space 
of  the  premolars. 

Wolf  teeth  are  constant  in  foetal  life  in  both  the  inferior 
and  superior  dentures,  and  many  of  them  never  develop  to 
the  point  of  eruption,  but  instead  degenerate,  and  become 
incorporated  with  the  maxilla.  Those  which  finally  erupt 
vary  from  small  homogeneous  masses  of  soft  dentine  to  well 


Fig.  142. 
Wolf-Teeth. 

developed  teeth  possessing  all  the  distinguishing  character- 
istics of  the  herbivorous  molar. 

Symptoms — Wolf  teeth  are  harmless  with  the  exception 
of  their  possible  interference  with  the  overcheck  bit  or  com- 
plicated coach-horse  rigging,  such  as  bridoons.  They  have 
no  effect  upon  the  eyes,  and  are  diagnosed  solely  by  palpa- 
tion. Their  position  is  the  interdental  space  of  the  upper 
jaw,  more  or  less  closely  related  to  the  first  molar.  In  some 
instances  they  are  located  on  the  inner  aspect  of  the  molar 
and  occasionally  on  the  lower  jaw. 

Treatment — The  wolf  tooth  should  be  extracted,  as  it 
serves  no  useful  purpose  and  may  at  some  time  interfere 


204  ANIMAL   DKN'IMS'l'RV. 

with  the  bitting  ri^g^ing  of  a  driving  horse.  In  the  treat- 
ment of  eye  affection  their  extraction  is  particularly  advis- 
able, owing  to  the  popular  prejudice  against  them. 

They  are  difficult  to  extract  without  fracture  because 
their  location  j^rexents  direct  outward  traction  and  l)ecausc 
of  the  impossibility  of  perfectly  immobilizing  the  head  and 
especially  the  lower  jaw.  Their  removal  is  accomplished  by 
first  disturbing  their  implantation  with  the  wolf  tooth  sep- 
arator (Fig.  93)  prior  to  the  application  of  outward  traction 
with  the  forceps,  or  with  the  separator  alone. 


Fig.   143. 
Supcrmimcrary    Incisors    of    a    6- Year-Old    Gelding. 

SUPERNUMERARY  TEETH. 

Definition — Teeth  existing  in  excess  of  the  normal  num- 
ber in  any  of  the  arcades,  are  designated  as  supernumerary. 
'Jliey  must  be  differentiated  from  wolf  teeth,  which  are  nor- 
mal structure  and  from  persisting  temporary  teeth,  due  to 
displacement  of  the  permanent  tooth  germ. 

Etiology — The  supernumerary  teeth  result  from  the  pro- 
jection of  more  than  one  stalk  from  the  common  enamel 
germ.  This  occurrence  is  frequent  if  not  universal,  but  un- 
der normal  development,  all  the  stalks  degenerate  as  a  chief 
one  predominates.  Whenever  two  or  more  keep  pace  witli 
one  another  until  tooth  development  is  well  advanced,  the 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


205 


result  is  the  formation  and  growth  of  more  than  one  tooth 
at  a  given  point.  Some  such  teeth  may  never  erupt,  but 
remain  imbedded  in  the  jaw  along  the  arcade. 

An  additional  seventh  molar  frequently  occurs  behind  the 
sixth   in  either  arcade.      This   incident   is   the   result   of  the 


Fig.  144. 
Supernumerary    Incisors    of   a    9-Year-Old    Horse. 

backward  extension  of  the  common  enamel  germ  from  pre- 
cocity of  the  sixth  molar. 

Symptoms — The  abnormality  is  observed  chiefly  in  the 
incisor  arcades  which  may  contain  an  entire  double  row  of 
teeth.     In  most  instances  one  or  two  additional  incisors  are 


Fig.  145. 
Supernumerary   Molars. 

observed  projecting  in  an  irregular  fashion  to  the  table  level 
of  the  arcade.  The  lateral  incisors  are  most  frequently  the 
seat  of  the  abnormality. 

In  the  molar  arcades  they  may  remain  hidden  through 


206  ANIMAL   DKX'nSTF-iV. 

life,  or  remain  un()l)scr\c(l  until  their  existence  is  revealed 
in  the  treatment  of  diseased  conditions — extracting,  trephin- 
ing, etc. 

Treatment — As  long  as  the  supernumerary  tooth  pro- 
duces no  apparent  harm  no  treatment  is  advisable.  In  the 
incisor  arcades  their  extraction  gives  even  a  worse  appear- 
ance to  the  arcade  than  if  they  had  been  left  undisturbed. 
When  encountered  within  the  sinuses  in  the  course  of  den- 
tal operations  they  are  removed  or  left  undisturbed,  ac- 
cording to  whether  they  are  involved  in  the  morbid  process. 

ELONGATIONS  OF  THE  INCISORS. 

As  decay  or  loss  of  incisor  teeth  is  a  rare  condition  ac- 
quired elongations  of  the  incisors  by  growth  into  vacant 
cavities  are  also  rare.  The  gradual  lengthening  of  the  whole 
superior  incisive  arcade  as  an  animal  becomes  older  is  a 
natural  condition  resulting  from  a  gradual  receding  of  the 
alveolar  border,  and  the  constant  increase  in  the  inclination. 

The  common  impression,  especially  among  laymen,  that 
the  elongation  of  the  incisors  prevents  contact  of  the  molar 
denture  is  erroneous.  The  only  detriment  is  the  evidence 
they  furnish  of  the  real  age  of  the  animal,  on  which  account 
alone  their  shortening  is  advisable.  Shortening  the  superior 
incisors  of  the  old  horse  is  always  harmful  in  proportion  to 
the  amount  removed.  Prehension  of  attached  food  is  im- 
paired. 

SHORTENING  THE  INCISOR  TEETH. 

The  incisor  teeth  of  the  horse  are  reduced  in  length  for 
the  purpose  of  disguising  the  evidence  they  furnish  as  to 
the  age  of  the  subject.  The  popular  impression  that  they 
prevent  contact  of  the  molars  is  as  positively  ridiculous  is  it 
is  physically  impossible.  The  incisors  can  only  wear  as  fast 
as  the  molars  will  permit  them,  and  vice  versa.  In  rare 
instances  the  veterinarian  is  re(|uired  to  reduce  their  length, 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


207 


to  hide  the  crowns  beneath  the  hps,  when  the  latter  no  longer 
cover  them  completely,  in  which  case  only  the  operation 
is  excusable. 

The  operation  is  performed  only  upon  the  superior  ar- 
cade, as  the  inferior  one  is  seldom  inspected  for  its  senile 
changes. 

Modus  Operandi — First,  cut  ofY  the  internal  table  angle 
of  each  corner  tooth  and  file  them  to  the  length  decided  upon, 
and  then  use  the  length  as  a  guide  for  reducing  the  remain- 
der of  the  arcade.  Second,  file  a  deep  groove,  through  the 
enamel  across  the  laterals  and  centrals  connecting  the  new 
table  level  of  the  corners.     Third,  cut  off  the  laterals  with 


Fig.  14S.\.  Fig.  145b. 

Lip  Retractor  and  Mouth  Gag,  useful  in  shortening  incisor  teeth. 

the  nippers  and  file  them  to  the  level  of  the  corners.  Fourth, 
cut  off  the  centrals  and  file  them  to  the  level  of  the  laterals. 
Fifth,  bevel  the  tables  backwards  by  patient  filing.  Sixth, 
remove  the  crusta  petrosa  and  tartar  and  polish  with  emery 
paper. 

In  cutting  the  incisors  great  care  is  necessary  to  prevent 
chipping  of  the  enamel,  which  accident  will  leave  an  un- 
sightly defect  in  the  arcade.  The  accident  is  prevented  by 
cutting  the  transverse  groove  completely  through  the 
enamel  and  by  not  grasping  too  much  substance  with  the 
nippers.  It  is  preferable  to  cut  an  incisor  tooth  by  small 
sections,  rather  than  by  grasping  the  entire  crown. 


208  ANIMAL   DKNTISTRV. 

EROSION  OF  THE  ENAMEL. 

Definition — A  disease  of  the  anterior  face  of  the  superior 
incisor  teeth,  cliaracterized  l)y  a  i^ra(hial  n])\var(l  denudinu,-  of 
the  external   enamel   covering. 

Etiology — The  cause  depends  solely  upon  a  faulty  con- 
struction of  the  teeth,  both  anatomically  and  morphologi- 
cally. The  disease  occurs  in  animals  having  an  observable 
softness  of  all  the  teeth.  The  dentine  is  devoid  of  its  char- 
acteristic hardness  and  the  crusta  petrosa  is  deficient  in  qual- 
ity as  well  as  quantity.  Defective  cementing  of  the  enamel 
to  a  soft  underlying  dentine  favors  the  gradual  breaking 
and  wearing  away  of  the  former.  Iron  feed  boxes,  cribbing 
and  the  habit  of  gnawing  hard  objects  hurry  the  denuding 
process,  but  are  never  solely  responsible. 

Treatment — Polishing  with  emery  paper  to  give  a  better 
appearance  is  the  only  possible  help. 

TARTAR. 

Definition — An  accumulation  of  calcareous  matter  along 
the  gingival  margin  of  the  teeth. 

Etiology — Tartar  simulates  calculi  in  other  parts  of  the 
body.  It  is  the  result  of  the  chemical  action  of  saliva  and 
mucus  on  the  calcium  sa'ts  of  the  food.    It  is  composed  of 

Phosphates   80. 

Mucus 1 1.5 

Ptyaline i. 

Animal  matter   7.5 

Symptoms — Tartar  occurs  as  a  yellow  incrustation  along 
the  gums.  In  animals  it  is  found  mostly  on  the  canines  and 
incisors;  on  the  canines  it  frequently  accumulates  in  large 
quantities  and  gives  the  crown  the  appearance  of  a  mon- 
strosity (odontoma).  It  is  difTerentiated  from  the  latter  by 
being  readily  removed,  and  from  the  normal  crusta  petrosa 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  209 

by  its  lighter  color  and  by  not  adhering  firmiy  to  the  crown. 
Treatment — Tartar  is  removed  with  a  curette  or  file.     It 
produces  slight  irritation  of  the  gums. 

FRACTURE  OF  THE  TEETH. 

Fracture  of  the  teeth  occurs  to  the  incisors  from  falling 
or  stumbling  on  hard  pavements,  blows  or  kicks  from  other 
animals.  The  molars  seldom  sustain  such  injuries.  Frac- 
ture of  incisors  is  usually  complicated  with  considerable  con- 
tusion and  laceration  of  the  lip.  The  fractured  loose  sections 
must  be  removed  and  the  lip  treated  according  to  the  char- 
acter of  the  injury. 

SPLITTING  OF  THE  MOLARS. 

Synonym — Fissuring   of  the   molars. 

Definition — A  condition  peculiar  to  the  molars  of  her- 
bivorous animals  consisting  of  a  division  of  a  decayed  molar 
into  two  or  three  plate-like  segments. 

Etiology — Splitting  of  the  teeth  is  an  incident  of  the  ad- 
vanced stage  of  decay.  It  is  not  a  separate  entity  nor  an 
accident.  Pulpitis,  alveolar  periostitis  and  the  subsequent 
necrosis  following  these  inflammatory  conditions,  deprive 
the  tooth  of  its  nutrition  and  moisture,  and  the  resulting 
desiccation,  predisposed  by  the  "layer  arrangement"  of  the 
tooth,  favors  splitting  and  fissuring  as  a  termination  of  the 
disease  process.  In  the  long  process  of  decay  which  the 
molar  teeth  undergo,  splitting  is  the  incident  preceding  the 
final  ejection  of  the  tooth  from  its  cavity — self-extraction. 

Fissuring  limited  to  the  buccal  or  lingual  surface  of  the 
crown  in  the  absence  of  any  gross  lesion  is  also  of  common 
occurrence  to  the  back  molars  of  both  arcades.  This  condi- 
tion is  evidently  due  to  an  inadequate  union  between  the 
external  enamel  and  dentine  of  the  crown,  and  greatlv  re- 


210  AXl.MAL   DHNTIS'IRV. 

scniblcs  the  abnormality  of  the  incisors  known  as  "erosion" 
or  "ilenuchni^."  It  is  a  harmless  condition  in  itself,  Ijut 
should  be  regarded  as  evidence  of  a  poor  quality  of  teeth. 

Pathological  Anatomy — The  incfdent  occurs  most  fre- 
fjuently  to  the  superior  molars,  Init  is  seen  also  in  the  in- 
ferior ones.  The  splitting  may  be  limited  to  the  crown  or 
may  extend  through  the  entire  length  of  the  tooth.  In  the 
greatest  number  of  cases  it  terminates  just  l)eyon(l  the  al- 
veolar margin  on  the  lingual  side  of  the  tooth,  dividing  it 
into  two  very  unequal  segments,  one  of  which  comprises  the 
principal  part  of  the  tooth,  and  the  other  a  thin  shell  consist- 
ing of  the  crusta  petrosa  and  external  enamel. 

In  other  instances  the  tooth  is  broken  into  three  seg- 
ments— two  lateral  shells  and  a  central  large  one,  which  in- 
cludes the  fang  and  roots. 

In  rare  cases  a  superior  molar  is  divided  into  two  equal 
portions  by  splitting  from  table  to  root  between  the  two 
layers  of  the  internal  enamel. 

The  condition  is  complicated  with  considerable  osteitis 
and  necrosis  from  lateral  pressure  against  the  alveolar  mar- 
gin, and  from  the  decomposition  of  impacted  food.  In  the 
old  case  the  opposing  tooth  will  be  found  elongated  and  the 
tongue  and  cheek  may  be  severely  wounded  from  friction 
of  the  protruding  segments. 

Treatment — Removal  of  the  tooth  and  leveling  of  the 
opposing  arcade.     (See  extraction.) 

FOREIGN  BODIES  IN  THE  MOUTH. 

Foreign  bodies  become  lodged  in  the  mouth  of  all  the  do- 
mestic animals.  In  the  horse  and  ox  pieces  of  corncob  and 
sticks  of  wood  become  wedged  between  the  superior  arcades, 
and  pins,  tacks  and  splinters  lodge  between  the  teeth:  In 
the  dog,  cat  and  i)ig,  pieces  of  bones  are  frequently  found. 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  gll 

In  one  case  a  tack  was  found  firmly  lodged  in  the  infiindibii- 
lum  of  the  lateral  superior  incisor. 

Diagnosis — Attention  is  attracted  to  disturbed  mastica- 
tion, rejection  of  partially  masticated  food,  disinclination  to 
eat,  ptyalism  and  later  to  the  fetor  caused  by  pressure  necro- 
sis, and  the  decomposition  of  food. 

Treatment — Removal  of  the  object  followed  by  irriga- 
tions of  the  mouth  with  solution  of  borax,  alum  or  boric  acid. 

FRACTURE  OF  THE  INFERIOR  MAXILLA. 

Varieties : 

(i)    Simple  fracture  of  the  neck  of  one  ramus. 

(2)  Simple  fracture  of  the  neck  of  l)Oth  rami. 

(3)  Simple   fracture   of  one   ramus  along  the   molar 

arcade. 

(4)  Fracture  of  the  angle  without  dental  complica- 

tions. 

(5)  Comminuted  fracture  along  the  molar  arcade. 

(6)  Fracture  near  the  articulation. 

Etiology — Kicks  from  horses  sustained  as  the  victim  is 
walking  through  the  stable  aisle  is  the  most  common  cause 
of  fractures  of  the  inferior  maxilla.  Collisions  with  vehicles 
and  cars  and  other  forms  of  violence  seldom  fracture  this 
bone.  Solutions  in  the  continuity  of  the  ramus  from  bit 
gnathitis  is  an  occasional  cause  (see  page  214).  And  finally 
too  forcible  blows  on  a  misdirected  punch  while  repulsing 
teeth  occasionally  fractures  the  jaw.  In  the  dog  and  cat 
the  bite  sustained  during  a  fight  is  the  chief  cause  of  this 
injury. 

Symptoms — The  diagnosis  of  fractured  inferior  maxilla 
is  by  no  means  a  simple  matter  under  all  circumstances.  The 
subject  is  usually  presented  several  days  after  the  accident,  at 
which  time  the  tumefaction  will  require  differentiation  from 
other   diseased   condition   characterized   by   enlargement   of 


212  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 

the  inferior  maxilla.  In  the  recent  case  tlie  diai^nosis  is 
equally  difficult  owing  to  the  ]ial)i]ity  of  the  fracture  remain- 
ing a  suhperiosteal  one  until  displacement  occurs  from  move- 
ments of  the  jaw,  some  days  later,  at  which  time  the  condi- 
tion continues  to  be  masked  by  swelling. 

Deformity  at  the  angle,  crepitation  or  movement  of  the 
fractured  ends  felt  within  the  mouth  as  the  jaw  is  moved 
with  the  other  hand,  and  the  loosening  of  one  or  more  mo- 
lars, wiU  confirm  a  diagnosis,  but  in  the  al)sence  of  these 
plain  pathognomonic  symptoms  the  nature  of  the  injury  may 
remain   masked   tmtil   an   abscess   forms   and   points   to  the 


Fir;.    146. 
A  Well   Healed   Comminuted   Fracture  of  the   Inferior   Maxilla,   with   Dental 

Complications. 

surface   and   thereby   admits    direct   palpation    of   the   bone 
Fracture     of  the  neck  of  one  or  both  rami  is  easily  recog- 
nized by  palpation. 

In  addition  to  the  above  phenomena  there  is  always  a 
serious  disturbance  to  mastication.  There  will  be  little  in- 
clination to  eat  during  the  first  days,  but  finally,  from  sheer 
starvation,  food  will  be  ingested  unmasticated,  in  which 
condition  it  will  be  found  in  the  feces.  The  subject  will 
lose  flesh  rapidly,  become  emaciated,  suffer  from  colics 
and  probably  die. 

Treatment — The  principal  treatment  consists  of  feeding 
crushed  f(KKl  and  licjuid  food,  in  order  to  prevent  unnetessary 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  213 

use  of  the  jaw.  Appliances  to  immobolize  the  fracture  are 
never  satisfactorily  retained,  and  prove  of  little  service. 
When  abscesses  form  their  contents  are  evacuated  and  the 
wound  searched  for  comminuted  segments.  The  loose  teeth 
must  be  extracted. 

In  fracture  of  both  rami  near  the  incisor  teeth,  in  small 
animals  amputation  can  be  successfully  performed. 

Prognosis — In  young  animals  even  the  severe  commi- 
nuted fractures  may  reunite  by  an  extensive  deposit  of  new 
bone,  and  the  patient  make  a  rather  tardy  recovery  with  con- 
siderable permanent  tumefaction  of  the  jaw.  In  old  animals 
the  bad  fracture  is  always  fatal.  Fractures  of  one  ramus 
near  the  neck  is  not  serious  and  will  reunite  with  but  little 
deformity  and  only  slight  interference  with  the  general 
health.  Fractures  without  dental  complication  are  less  seri- 
ous than  those  involving  the  molar  teeth. 

FRACTURES     OF    THE     PREMAXILLA     AND     SU- 
PERIOR MAXILLA. 

Although  the  premaxilla  is  an  exposed  bone,  its  fracture 
is  remarkably  rare.  The  superior  branch  is  occasionally 
fractured  from  a  kick,  and  the  body  from  a  fall  upon  the 
incisor  teeth.  The  superior  maxillary  is  frequently  frac- 
tured conjointly  with  the  other  facial  bones  as  a  result  of 
kicks  or  other  of  the  usual  forms  of  violence.  Owing  to 
the  fixed  articulations  of  these  bones  fractures  recover 
promptly  and  without  much  deformity.  Crushing  of  the 
maxillary  spine  leaves  a  somewhat  unsightly  blemish,  but 
otherwise  these  lesions  are  not  serious. 

DISLOCATION    OF    THE    TEMPORO-MAXILLARY 
ARTICULATION. 

Etiology — This  dislocation  is  possible  only  in  the  car- 
nivora.    In  the  herbivora  the  arrangement  of  the  condyle  and 


214  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 

coronoid  process  prevents  luxation.  In  the  dog  it  occurs 
while   masticating  bones,  or  in  yawning. 

Pathological  Anatomy — The  dislocation  is  a  forward 
one  in  all  instances  and  like  all  luxations  is  accompanied  with 
considerable  injury  to  the  binding  and  secretory  ligaments. 
It   is   usually  bilateral,   but   may  be   unilateral. 

Symptoms — Inability  to  close  the  mouth  is  the  pathogno- 
monic symptom.  The  jaw  will  be  locked  open  and  cannot 
be  closed  1)y  force.  In  the  unilateral  luxation  the  jaw  is  open 
but  is  turned  to  one  side. 

Treatment — A  piece  of  hard  wood  two  feet  long  and 
about  one-half  inch  thick,  wide  enough  to  rest  along  both 
mferior  arcades,  is  firmly  fastened  to  the  lower  jaw  (within 
the  mouth)  l^y  wrapping  with  strong  cord.  The  stick  thus 
adjusted  is  then  used  as  a  lever  to  depress  the  jaw  pos- 
teriorly. When  sufficient  pressure  is  brought  to  bear  the 
condyle  snaps  into  its  cavity. 

BIT  GNATHITIS. 

Synonyms — Bit  contusions.    Fractured  jaw.    Bit  sores. 

Definition — A  traumatic  inflammation  of  the  interdental 
space  of  the  low^er  jaw^  produced  by  bruising  with  the  bit. 

Etiology — Bit  gnathitis  is  caused  by  the  use  of  harsh  bits, 
especially  curb  bits.  The  straight  or  snaffle  bit  will  occasion- 
ally produce  the  trouble  in  horses  inclined  to  "pull"  heavily 
upon  reins  in  the  hands  of  a  powerful  reinsman.  Habitual 
"pullers"  are  the  susceptible  subjects,  when  attempts  are 
made  to  control  them  by  the  use  of  harsh  riggings.  The 
condition  is  seen  most  frequently  in  the  coach  horse,  saddle 
horse,  hunter  and  polo  ponies,  and  in  the  light  harness  horse 
that  is  difficult  to  control. 

Pathological  Anatomy — The  lesion  consists  of  an  intense 
local  stomatitis,  periostitis  and  osteitis  occurring  simultane- 
ously.   The  indammatory  action  may  be  confined  to  a  small 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  215 

circumscribed  area  at  the  very  edge  of  the  jaw,  or  extend 
across  the  entire  ramus  to  the  inferior  border.  Tbe  process 
subsides  by  the  separation  of  the  bone  from  the  soft  sur- 
rounding structures,  and  by  the  exfoliation  of  a  sequestrum 
the  size  of  which  will  vary  with  the  extent  and  severity  of  the 
pre-existing  inflammation.  Complete  division  of  the  ramus 
may  result  in  the  extremely  aggravated  forms. 

Symptoms — Tenderness  manifested  in  adjusting  the  bit, 
ptyalism,  side  reining  and  disinclination  to  "take"  the  bit  are 
prominent  symptoms.  Palpation  and  inspection  of  the  inter- 
dental space  will  reveal  a  wound  in  the  mucous  membrane. 
The  abrasion  is  usually  large  enough  to  expose  the  edge  of 
the  jaw,  which  is  easily  felt  with  the  finger.  In  other  cases 
the  mucous  membrane  may  remain  intact  with  the  exception 
of  a  small  almost  imperceptible  opening  which,  if  enlarged 
with  a  bistoury,  will  reveal  the  bare  jaw  beneath.  In  the 
early  stage,  before  the  abscess  points,  there  may  be  con- 
siderable swelling  externally  across  the  ramus,  giving  tlie 
appearance  of  an  external  trauma.  In  the  advanced  state  of 
the  process,  the  bare  bone  is  found  to  be  loose  and  easily 
removed.  With  this  event  the  process  terminates  and  the 
wound  heals  rapidly,  but  leaves  a  tenderness  of  the  "seat  of 
the  bit"  for  several  months. 

Treatment — Bit  gnathitis  must  be  treated  on  the  ex- 
pectant plan  until  the  exfoliating  process  is  complete,  that  is 
until  the  sequestrum  is  well  loosened.  To  prevent  the  bur- 
rowing of  pus  downward,  as  well  as  to  hurry  the  exfoliation, 
the  edge  of  the  jaw  may  be  exposed  by  a  free  longitudinal 
incision.  The  incision  is  then  kept  free  from  food  by  daily 
irrigations  until  the  sequestrum  is  sufiiciently  loosened  to 
be  easily  lifted  with  a  small  lever  or  curette.  Undue  haste 
in  the  removal  of  the  sequestrum  is  harmful  by  retarding  the 
final  closure  of  the  wound.  About  five  days  after  removal 
of  the  sequestrum  the  bottom  of  the  wound  is  curetted  to 


216 


AMMAL   DENTISTRY. 


remove   small   roughened   projections  that   might  delay  the 
cicatrization. 

During  the  inflammatory  period  and  until  the  sequestrum 
is  removed  the  bit  must  not  be  used,  unless,  when  the  w^ound 
is  small,  it  can  be  adjusted  at  a  safe  distance  above. 

OSTEOMATA  OF  THE  SUPERIOR  MAXILLA. 

Definition — A  non-inllammatory  tumefaction  on  the  su- 
perior maxillary  of  young  horses,  due  to  obstructed  down- 
ward growth  of  the  permanent  molars. 

Etiology — This  abnormality  occurs  chiefly  over  the  fang 
of  the  third  superior  molar,  the  last  of  the  permanent  molars, 
having  temporary  predecessors  to  erupt.  At  the  period  of 
its  eruption,  three  years  old,  it  frequently  finds  its  down- 
ward course  blocked  in  a  wedge-shaped  space,  between  the 
second  and  fourth  molars,  which  occupy  fixed  positions  in 
the  jaws.  The  growth  of  the  tooth  in  its  blocked  position 
produces  pressure  against  the  skull  and  a  tumor  results. 

Pathological  Anatomy — Osteoma  of  the  maxilla  is  a  non- 
inflammatory growth  due  to  a  proliferation  of  bone  cells 
somewhat  loosely  arranged.  Their  macroscopic  appearance 
is  that  of  dense  cancellated  tissue,  unlike  the  osteophyte  of 
inflammatory  origin.  They  are  difTused  over  the  anterior 
end  of  the  superior  maxilla  and  are  occasionally  bilateral. 

Differential  Diagnosis — They  are  differentiated  from 
osteo-porosis  by  the  absence  of  any  general  symptoms,  the 
absence  of  any  abnormality  in  the  lower  jaw  and  by  their 
anterior  location,  and  from  growth  of  traumatic  origin  by  the 
absence  of  heat,  pain  or  swelling  of  the  soft  tissues;  fron: 
odontomata  by   the  age  of  the  patient. 

Symptoms   and    Treatment — (See    abnormal    eruptions, 

page  1/5). 

CARCINOMATA  OF  THE  PALATE. 

The   palate   of  the   horse,   opposite    the    fourth,    flftli    and 
sixth  molars,  is  frequently  the  seat  of  carcinomatous  growths. 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


217 


They  begin  by  the  appearance  of  one  or  more  malignant  look- 
ing foci,  and  gradually  invade  more  and  more  widely  into 
the  surrounding  tissues.  They  usually  perforate  the  bony 
palate  and  establish  a  free  communication  between  the 
mouth  and  nasal  cavities.  In  the  old  cases  that  are  allowed 
to  survive,  the  process  may  extend  backward  to  the  ethmoid 
and  sphenoid  bones  and  from  the  point  of  origin  through  the 
fauces  into  the  pharynx.  They  become  complicated  with  an 
offensive  catarrh  of  the  nasal  mucosa  and  with  more  or  less 


Fig.  147. 
The    Effect    of   a    Carcinoma    Beginning  at  the  Palate  of  a  Young    Horse. 

disturbance  to  the  eye.  One  case  coming  to  our  notice  ex- 
cavated a  large  opening  externally  through  the  malar  and 
lachrymal  bones  and  totally  destroyed  the  globe  of  the  eye 
and  its  appendages.  The  condition  is  of  course  incurable  and 
is  met  by  recommending  the  killing  of  the  patient.      (Fig 

I47-) 

SARCOMATA  OF  THE  MOUTH. 

Sarcomatous  growths  in  the  palate  of  the  horse  are  of 
frequent  occurrence.     They  begin  in  the  periosteum  of  the 


218 


ANIMAL   I  )ENTISTRY. 


palate,  usually  in  the  religion  of  the  fifth  molar,  and  traverse 
upward  hetween  the  teeth  and  alonsj;-  the  alveolar  border. 
They  are  first  ol)served  by  the  appearance  of  a  (hfifused  swell- 
ing of  the  palate  extending  along  the  molars  and  transversely 
across  the  raphe.  They  extend  upward  into  the  alveolar 
cavities  around  two,  three,  or  even  four  molars,  into  the 
sinuses,  and  even  produce  bulging  of  the  facial  bones.  The 
molars  loosen  and  fall  out  or  are  easily  extracted  with  the 
fingers,  and  their  removal  is  always  followed  by  severe 
hemorrhage.  After  the  teeth  are  removed  the  cavities  rapidly 
fill  with  sarcomatous  tissue,  which  will  bleed  profusely  when 
disturbed  by  mastication.  The  course  of  the  process  is  slow 
in  the  early  stages  but  very  rapid  after  the  teeth  have  be- 


Fic.  148. 
A  Sarcoma  of  the  Jaw  Involving  the  Entire  Molar  Arcade. 

come  seriously  involved.     They  occur  as  clinical  conditions 

in  horses  past  the  age  of  ten  years,   but   probably   escape 

notice  during  the  early  period  of  growth.    They  belong  in  the 

category  of  incurable   diseases.     The  disease   must   not   be 

designated  "osteo-sarcoma,"  a  condition  we  have  never  had 

the  opportunity  of  seeing  in  the  domestic  animals,  although 

its  existence  is  not  doubted.     (See  Fig.  148.) 

ACTINOMYCOSIS. 

Synonym — Lumpy  jaw. 

Definition — Actinomycosis  is  a  chronic  infectious  disease 
due  to  the  actinomyces,  characterized  by  the  formation  of  a 
neoplasm  at  the  seat  of  infection. 

Susceptible  Animals — Ox,  sheep,  swine,  horse  and  man. 
The  disease  is  not  entirely  foreign  to  any  of  the  domestic 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


219 


or  wild  herbivora  and  omnivora,  and  it  has  been  produced 
experimentally  in  rodentia  and  carnivora. 

Etiology — The  cause  of  lumpy  jaw  is  the  growth  of  the 
actinomyces  in  an  infected  tissue.  The  organism  is  a 
saprophyte  of  forage,  through  which  medium  it  gains 
entrance  into  the  body  by  inhalation  into  the  air  passages 
and  by  ingestion  into  the  digestive  tract.  Eruption  of  teeth, 
dental  irregularities  and  wounds  produced  by  fibrous  forage 
produce  favorable  channels  of  entrance,  hence  the  frequency 
of  the  disease  about  the  mouth  and  pharynx.  The  organism 
is,  however,  capable  of  producing  its  pathogenicity  in  the 


Fig.  148A. 
Lumpy  Jaw  in  the  Ox. 

nasal  cavities,  lungs,  stomach  and  liver  where  wounds  are 
not  etiological  factors. 

Affected  Organs — Mouth,  lips,  nostrils,  tongue,  jaws, 
salivary  glands,  Schneiderian  membrane,  velum,  pharynx, 
rumen,  omasum,  liver,  lungs,  and  mammae. 

Diagnosis — The  early  signs  of  actinomycosis  located  in 
visible  parts  of  the  body,  consist  of  the  formation  of  one  or 
more  wart-like  nodes  which  may,  when  first  noticed,  be  only 
the  size  of  a  pea.  These  nodes  contain  a  calcareous  or  case- 
ous center.  In  the  tongue  the  condition  usually  remains 
unnoticed  until  the  organ  has  become  indurated  (wooden 
tongue).     In  the  jaw  the  disease  is  first  manifested  by  the 


220 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


appearance  of  a  more  or  less  diffused  tumefaction  of  the  in- 
ferior maxilla  (lumpy  jaw)  or  l)y  rounded  exostoses.  As  the 
soft  structures  become  involved  more  and  more  by  spread- 
ing of  the  diseased  process,  the  head  may  assume  an  un- 
sightly appearance  from  the  enormity  of  the  swelling.  The 
condition  is  further  complicated  by  dental  disorders — loosen- 


Fig.   148B. 
Actinomycostic  Superior  Maxillary  in  the  Ox. 

ing  of  the  teeth.  In  the  pharynx  the  disease  is  manifested 
by  tumefaction  of  the  parotid  region  and  by  dysphagia  and 
dyspnoea.  Actinomycosis  of  the  lungs  and  other  internal 
structures  is  diagnosed  only  at  the  autopsy.  Symptoms  of 
organic  disorder  may  lead  a  diagnostician  to  suspect  the  ex- 


Fig.  148c. 

Actinomycostic  Inferior  Maxillary  in  the  Ox. 

istence  of  the  disease  in  districts  where  actinomycosis  is 
prevalent,  but  a  positive  diagnosis  of  it  in  the  internal  struc- 
tures is  not  possible  in  the  living  animal. 

Treatment — In  the  operable    actinomycotic    tumor  abla- 
tion  is   the   most   effectual   line   of   treatment.     To   further 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


221 


\' 


\ 


*g^B>^t^,j^ 


Fig.  149. 
Dental  Teratoma  and  Concha!   Fistula.    (Williams), 

1.  Mouth  of  the  conchal  fistula. 

2.  Bottom  of  the  fistulous  tract. 

3.  Guhernaculum  dentis. 

4.  9.     Bony  plates  from  the  temporal  hone. 

5.  The  tooth. 

6.  External  auditory  meatus. 

7.  Wall  of  the  fistulous  tract. 

8.  Petrous  temporal  bone. 

10.  Zygoma. 

11.  Temporo-maxillary   articulation. 


222  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 

assure  destruction  of  the  organism  the  surgical  wound  may 
be  treated  with  powdered  copper  sulphate  at  intervals  of  four 
to  five  days  during  the  healing  process.  The  inoperable 
tumor  on  the  surface  of  the  body  is  injected  with  a  solution 
containing  some  form  of  iodine.  Lugol's  solution,  potas- 
sium iodide,  2  per  cent,  or  tincture  of  iodine,  may  be  used  for 
this  purpose.  Internally  potassium  iodide  will  prove  bene- 
ficial. The  loose  teeth  must  be  extracted  and  the  caustic 
treatment  applied  to  the  entire  diseased  area  when  possible. 

DENTAL  TERATOMATA. 

Synonyms — Dentigerous  cysts,  dental  cysts,  mastoid 
fistulac. 

Definition — An  abnormality  of  early  embryonic  origin  in 
^vhich  one  or  two  teeth  develop  on  the  temporal  bones  near 
the  base  of  the  ear.  It  is  a  common  abnormality  of  solipeds 
but  occurs  occasionally  in  other  mammals. 

'Etiology — The  cause  of  dental  teratomata  is  found  in  an 
aberration  of  the  embryonic  evolution  of  the  teeth,  guttural 
pouch  and  external  car,  the  mechanism  of  which  is  so  compli- 
cated as  to  be  susceptible  to  variations.  The  condition  is 
closely  allied  to  conchal  fistula,  with  which  it  is  frecjuentlv 
associated. 

Symptoms — Dental  teratomata  of  the  mastoid  region 
exist  from  the  time  of  birth,  although  they  may  escape  detec- 
tion until  maturity,  lliey  appear  at  the  surface  in  the  form 
of  a  fistulous  opening  below  the  base  of  the  ear  or  along-  the 
margin  of  the  conchal  cartilage,  discharging  a  limited  cjuan- 
tity  of  a  viscid  mucoid  secretion.  The  channel  is  lined  with 
a  well  organized  epithelial  membrane  continuous  with  the 
skin  at  the  orifice.  They  are  susceptible  to  pathological  con- 
ditions which  may  for  the  first  time  direct  attention  to  their 
presence.     When  they  become  infected  the  resulting  osteitis. 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


223 


periostitis  and  dentitis  augment  the  discharge,  and  change 
its  character  into  a  fetid,  purulent  secretion,  and  the  region 
becomes  painful  to  the  touch. 

When  opened  by  incision  the  cyst  is  found  to  contain  a 
tooth  or  two,  which  vary  from  the  size  of  a  hazel  nut  to  that 
of  a  full  sized  molar.     The  smaller    ones  are  quite  round, 


Fig.  150. 

Two  Teeth   Removed   from   the   Squamous   Temporal   Bone   of  a   Clydesdale 

Mare. 

while  the  larger  ones  assume  the  typical  tooth  dimensions. 

Treatment — The  patient  is  placed  in  the  lateral  recum- 
bent position,  preferably  under  the  influences  of  an  anaesthe- 
tic, A  liberal  incision  is  made  over  the  tumefaction  so  as  to 
expose  the  hard  object  within.  This  will  always  be  found  to 
be  a  tooth.  When    a  part  projects  it  can  be  extracted  with 


224  ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 

an  ordinary  \\  olf  tootli  foccps,  but  frcc|uently  the  surround- 
ing's will  require  chiseling-  to  first  loosen  it  from  its  cavity. 
When  removed  the  cavity  must  be  searched  for  a  possible 
second  tooth,  and  if  the  canal  is  long-,  as  in  the  case  of  conchal 
fistula,  the  entire  lining  must  be  resected  to  prevent  a  per- 
petual discharge. 

DENTAL  FISTULAE. 

Definition — A  fistulous  tract  related  to  the  teeth,  ex- 
tending from  within  the  mouth  to  the  outer  surface  of  the 
jaw. 

Etiology — Dental  fistulae  result  from  the  outward  point- 
ing of  an  abcess  accompanying  a  decayed  molar.  The  en- 
trance channel  may  be  the  infundibula  or  alveolar  perios- 
teum. In  the  upper  jaw  they  are  occasionally  caused  by 
defective  gums  admitting  food  along-  the  external  surface 
of  the  second  or  third  molar,  in  the  grooves  between  the 
prominent  longitudinal  ridges  which  exist  on  these  teeth, 
and  in  the  lower  jaw  they  may  in  rare  instances  result  from 
external  violence.  And  again,  sequestra  of  bones  allowed 
to  remain  between  the  alveolar  plates  after  the  repulsion  of 
teeth  may  produce  a  chronic  fistulous  opening. 

Pathological  Anatomy — In  addition  to  the  lesions  ac- 
companying a  decayed  molar  (see  page  152)  the  dental  fis- 
tula is  nothing  more  than  a  tract  through  the  bone  from  the 
apex  of  the  tooth  to  the  surface  of  the  jaw. 

Symptoms — They  are  seen  most  frequently  on  the  lower 
jaw  opposite  the  apex  of  the  second,  third,  fourth,  fifth  and 
sixth  molars.  In  the  upper  jaw  the  second  and  third  molars 
are  the  teeth  usually  responsible  for  the  condition.  They 
appear  as  small  openings,  always  near  the  border  of  the  jaw, 
which  discharg-e  a  limited  amount  of  pus.  In  the  old  case 
the  skin  is  drawn  inward  by  the  process  of  cicatrization.  The 
jaw  around  the  ofi^cnding  molar  is  thickened  to  a  perceptible 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


225 


extent.  The  diagnosis  is  confirmed  by  an  examination  of  the 
dental  arcade.  When  the  tract  is  direct  a  small  probe  may 
be  passed  from  the  external  opening  to  the  mouth,  but  ordin- 


FlG.    I50A. 

Inferior  Molar  Responsible  for  a  Fistula  of  the  Jaw  in  a  7- Year-Old  Horse. 

arily  it  pursues  a  tortuous  course  through  the  bone  and 
comes  to  the  surface  at  a  point  more  or  less  remote  from  the 
affected  tooth. 

Treatment— The  treatment  of  the  dental  fistula  should 


226  ANIMAL  DliXTlSTRV. 

first  be  limited  to  the  extraction  of  the  offenchng  niokir  with 
the  forceps.  If  after  four  weeks  the  tract  still  exists  the 
skull  plate  around  the  openins:^  is  trephined  and  the  tract 
well  curetted  alonq-  its  course  into  the  alveolar  cavity. 

TRAUMATIC   STOMATITIS. 

Definition — Stomatitis  signifies  inflammation  of  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth. 

Etiology — Primary,  traumatic  stomatitis  is  a  common 
disease  of  all  the  domestic  animals.  It  is  seen  in  the  most 
aggravated  forms  from  the  accidental  ingestion  of  irri- 
tants and  from  the  administration  of  irritating  medicines. 
Among  the  other  causes  are  dental  irregularities,  severe  bits, 
traction  on  the  tongue  and  the  prehension  of  sharp  objects. 
But  in  these  instances  the  inflammation  is  of  a  circumscribed 
rather  than  a  diffused  character. 

The  mucosa  of  herbivora  is  well  protected  against 
wounding  by  masticating  coarse  food.  Beards  of  cereals  will, 
however,  occasionally  penetrate  through  it  around  the  an- 
terior portion  of  the  mouth  and  produce  an  alarming 
stomatitis  simultaneously  in  a  number  of  animals  before  the 
cause  is  discovered. 

Pathological  Anatomy — A  simple  inflammatory  process 
promptly  terminating  in  resolution.  Purulent,  catarrhal  or 
necrotic  inflammations  of  the  mouth  are  rare.  The  severity 
and  extent  depend,  therefore,  upon  the  trauma. 

Symptoms — Ptyalism,  champing  the  jaws,  disturbed  pre- 
hension and  mastication  and  a  disinclination  to  eat  are  the 
principal  symptoms.  The  mucous  membrane  is  sensitive  to 
the  touch  and  the  patient  will  resent  examinations.  On 
inspection  there  will  be  redness  and  in  the  severe  case 
desquamation  of  the  superior  surface  of  the  tongue. 

Treatment — Stomatitis  is  not  a  serious  disease.  Removal 
of  the  cause,  the  administration  of  soft  diet,  and  demulcent 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY.  227 

or  mild,  astringent  solutions,  is  the  only  necessary  treat- 
ment. A  useful  mouth  wash  for  the  treatment  of  either  cir- 
cumscribed or  diffused  stomatitis  is: 

R. 

Alum 

Sodii   boras   aa 30 

Spirits  gaulthcria    10 

Aqua  q.s.  ad 480 

M  et  sig. 

Inject  free'y  into  the 
mouth  three  to  four  times 
daily. 

STOMATITIS,  INFECTIOUS. 

Synonyms — Contagious  pustular  stomatitis;  aphthous 
stomatitis;  contagious  aphtha. 

Definition — An  infectious  inflammatory  condition  of  the 
buccal  mucosa  characterized  by  the  formation  of  a  multi- 
plicity of  pustules. 

Etiology — Infectious  stomatitis  evidently  owes  its  ex- 
istence to  a  specific  virus,  the  identity  of  which  is  unknown. 

Symptoms — Contagious  aphtha  usually  occurs  simultane- 
ously in  a  number  of  horses  belonging  to  the  same  stable. 
Outbreaks  often  occur  at  race  tracks,  fairs  or  sale  stables  in 
which  few  of  the  exposed  animals  escape.  The  virus  is 
evidently  carried  into  the  mouth  through  the  medium  of 
watering  places,  pails,  cleaning  utensils,  bridles,  etc.  The 
first  clinical  symptom  observed  is  ptyalism  and  slight  anor- 
exia, which  is  followed  by  the  rapid  development  of  many 
small  pimples  which  point  and  leave  an  ulcer.  In  some  cases 
the  skin  around  the  commissures  of  the  mouth  becomes  in- 
fected and  leaves  behind  a  depigmentated  spot  at  the  seat  of 
each  ulcer. 

Treatment — Infectious  stomatitis  runs  a  favorable  course 


ANIMAL    DHXTISTRY 


it 


-    E 


m 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY.  229 

in  every  case  and  it  requires  but  little  treatment.  Preventive 
measures  are  the  most  important  and  these  consist  of  isola- 
tion of  the  affected  animals  and  the  disinfection  of  the 
infected  stalls,  implements,  feed  boxes,  etc. 

(For  a  more  complete  description  see  works  on  General 
Medicine.) 

ULCERATIVE  GINGIVITIS  OF  DOGS. 

Definition — Ulcerative  gingivitis  is  a  disease  of  young 
carnivorous  animals  beginning  as  an  inflammation  of  the 
gums.  It  however  spreads  rapidly  to  the  surrounding  mucosa, 
alveolar  periosteum  and  jaw. 

Etiology — The  cause  of  the  disease  is  undoubtedly  the 
propagation  of  microbes  which  habitually  inhabit  the  mouth 
of  meat  eating  animals,  and  which  become  pathogenic  under 
the  influence  of  a  lowered  vitality  of  the  animal.  Attempts 
to  isolate  a  specific  microbe  have  thus  far  failed. 

Symptoms — Foetid  breath  occurring  simultaneously 
with  red  or  bluish  red  gums  are  the  first  distinguishing 
symptoms.  The  teeth  are  found  to  be  coated  with  an  excess 
of  tartar  around  the  gingival  margin,  and  in  the  more  ad- 
vanced stage  they  are  loosened  and  easily  extracted.  The 
gums,  cheeks  and  tongue  may  become  the  seat  of  numerous 
ulcers  as  the  disease  progresses,  but  often  this  feature  is 
wanting.  The  process  usually  terminates  favorably  or  fatally 
in  from  one  to  two  weeks,  according  to  its  severity  and  the 
vitality  of  the  patient,  or  it  may  become  chronic  and  last  as 
long  as  four  to  five  weeks. 

Treatment — The  first  treatment  should  consist  of  ex- 
tracting the  loose  teeth  and  removing,  with  the  curette,  all 
of  the  tartar  from  the  stable  ones.  The  mouth  is  then 
washed  freely  with  mild  antiseptics,  boric  acid  and  borax 
water  being  the  most  appropriate  ones  for  the  purpose.  A 
50  per  cent  solution  of  tincture  of  iodine  painted  carefully 


230  ANLMAL    DENTISTRY. 

over  the  .e:ums,  ulcers  and  vacant  tooth  cavities  after  the 
saliva  has  been  wiped  away  will  frcf|nently  arrest  the  pro- 
cess, and  would  undoubtedly  prove  a  specific  if  its  toxicity 
did  not  prevent  its  repetition. 

RETENTION  CYSTS. 

Besides  the  large  cyst  that  occurs  in  the  fraenum  of  the 
tongue  (ranula),  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth  of 
horses  is  occasionally  the  seat  of  mucoid  cysts  varying  from 
the  size  of  a  millet  seed  to  that  of  a  pea.  The  common 
location  is  around  the  commissures,  either  superiorly  or 
inferiorly.  Anatomically  they  consist  of  a  dilated  mucous 
follicle  resulting  from  an  obstructed  outlet.  They  are  per- 
fectly benign  and  yield  to  evacuation  of  the  contents  by 
incision. 

TUMORS  OF  THE  MUCOUS  MEMBRANE  OF  THE 

MOUTH. 

The  following  is  an  enumeration  of  the  various  tumors 
affecting  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth : 
(i)   Actinomycosis,  see  page  218. 

(2)  Sarcoma,  see  page  218. 

(3)  Carcinoma,  see  page  217. 

(4)  Ranula,  see  page  250. 

(5)  Retention  cysts,  sec  page  230. 

LAMPAS. 

Definition — Tumefaction  of  the  hard  palate  just  behind 
the  superior  incisor  arcade. 

Etiology — Lampas  is  a  physiological  condition  occurring 
from  dental  nutrition  during  the  growth  of  the  teeth.  It 
occurs  at  a  time  wdien  the  crowns  of  the  teeth  are  still  too 
short  to  overlap  the  first  bars  of  the  palate.     In  old  horses 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY.  231 

the  palate  may  project  beyond  the  level  of  the  arcade  from 
wear  of  the  incisors,  when  the  latter  are  soft  in  texture. 

Symptoms — Tumefaction  and  redness  of  the  first  bars  of 
the  palate.  Sensitiveness  is  not  a  characteristic  feature.  The 
bars  project  to  the  level  or  below  the  tables  of  the  incisors. 

Treatment — The  popular  impression  that  lampas  is 
inimical  to  the  welfare  of  an  animal  necessitates  the  appli- 
cation of  efforts  to  diminish  the  size  of  the  tumefaction. 
This  is  done  by  scarification  and  actual  cautery.  The  latter 
is  the  effectual  method.  The  thermo-cautery  is  par  excel- 
lence the  neatest  micthod  of  satisfying  the  popular  prejudice 
against  them.  Confine  the  horse  with  the  dental  halter  and 
twitch,  and  elevate  the  head.  Pass  a  round  stick  through 
the  interdental  space  and  hold  it,  together  with  the  tongue, 
in  the  left  hand.  Hold  the  mouth  open  by  downward  pres- 
sure upon  the  stick  and  tongue  and  keep  the  upper  lip 
elevated  with  the  twitch,  and  then  with  the  right  hand  caut- 
erize the  first  two  or  three  bars  until  they  shrink  below  the 
table  level. 

SECONDARY  CHRONIC  NASAL  CATARRH. 

Synonyms — Chronic  nasal  catarrh.  Unilateral  chronic 
rhinitis.  Nasal  gleet.  Ozena.  Purulent  accumulations  in 
the  facial  sinuses. 

Etiology — Primary  chronic  nasal  catarrh  is  a  rare  disease 
in  the  herbivorous  animals.  The  chronic  nasal  catarrh  of 
the  horse  and  ox  has  its  origin  in  the  surrounding  structures 
and  hence  can  only  be  described  as  a  secondary  condition. 
The  primary  lesion  can  usually  be  found  in  the  superior 
dental  arcades.  Decayed  teeth,  usually  the  fourth  superior 
molar,  are  responsible  for  95  per  cent  of  the  cases.  Alveolo- 
nasal  fistula,  fractures,  foreign  bodies,  parasites,  glanders, 
tumors  and  chronic  bronchitis  constitute  the  primary  lesions 
of  the  other  five  per  cent. 


232  ANIMAL    DEXTISTRY 

Pathological  Anatomy — The  features  of  a  typical  case 
are:  Purulent  or  muco-purulent  catarrh  of  the  affected  side, 
accumulation  of  the  secretions  in  the  recesses  of  the  sinuses, 
over-filling  of  the  sinuses  and  bulging  of  the  bones,  pressure 
necrosis  of  the  turbinated  bones  and  the  septa  of  the  sinuses, 
outward  discharge  of  the  secretion,  alveolar  periostitis  and 
necrosis  of  a  molar. 

Diagnosis — The  pathognomonic  symptom  is  the  chronic, 
fetid,  unilateral  discharge  from  the  nostril  occurring  simul- 
taneously with  a  dental  disorder  on  the  affected  side.  The 
decayed  tooth  in  the  early  stage  of  decay  may  be  dif^cult 
to  locate,  but  owing  to  the  frequency  of  this  cause  a  special 
examination  of  the  superior  dental  arcade  must  be  made 
before  the  other  causes  are  given  any  consideration.  Nega- 
tive results  from  the  pa'pation  or  inspection  of  the  teeth 
with  or  without  a  mouth  speculum  is  not  sufficient  reason 
to  exclude  the  decayed  tooth  as  a  cause.  The  patient  must 
be  placed  in  a  recumbent  position,  a  mouth  speculum  ad- 
justed, and  by  the  aid  of  good  light  each  tooth,  beginning 
with  the  fourth,  must  be  carefully  examined  with  a  sharp 
steel  pick.  Diseased  teeth  which  would  otherwise  have 
escaped  notice  are  in  this  manner  found  to  have  one  or  both 
infundibula  admitting  food  into  the  pulp  cavity.  AVhen  the 
teeth  have  been  excluded  by  this  circumspect  investigation 
the  attention  may  be  directed  to  the  other  possible  causes, 
but  in  no  case  of  chronic  catarrh  must  the  examination  of  the 
teeth  be  omitted.  Even  in  the  bilateral  catarrhs  the  lesion 
may  be  found  on  one  side  of  the  head  and  in  many  instances 
decayed  teeth  co-exist  on  both  sides  of  the  head. 

Differential  Diagnosis — Nasal  gleet  is  differentiated  from 
glanders  by  the  mallein  test;  from  guttural  pouch  catarrh 
by  the  profuse  discharge  during  mastication  in  the  latter 
disease ;  from  bronchitis  by  the  absence  of  cough  and  con- 
stitutional  disturbance,   and   by  the   frothy  bubbles   usually 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


233 


contained  in  secretion  coming-  from  the  lower  air  passages. 
Treatment — The  treatment  includes:  (i)  Removal  of 
the  primary  lesion;  (2)  evacuation  of  the  accumulated  secre- 
tions from  the  sinuses,  and,  (3)  irrigation  of  the  diseased 
mucous  membrane.  Internal  medication  is  of  little  value  in 
terminating  nasal  catarrh.  Local  applications  in  the  form 
of  douches  are  equally  useless. 


Fig.  151. 
Correct  Locations  of  Openings  to  Perfectlj'  Drain  the  Sinuses  of  a  Horse's 
Head.  The  upper  opening  drains  the  frontal  sinus  outward,  and  hy  per- 
forating its  floor  in  the  turbinated  bone,  it  also  drains  the  sinus  into  the 
nasal  cavity.  The  dotted  line  on  the  lower  opening  shows  the  direction 
to  elongate  the  orifice  when  a  tooth  is  to  be  repulsed. 

OPERATION  OF  TREPHINING  THE  SKULL  FOR  NASAL 

CATARRH. 

Equipment — Two  scalpels,  three-fourths  inch  circular  tre- 
phine, one  inch  circular  trephine,  dissecting  forceps,  chisel, 
artery  forcep,  needles  and  thread  (punches  and  mallet  if 
teeth  are  to  be  repulsed),  razor,  wadding  of  cotton  or  oakum 
and  antiseptics. 


234 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


Restraint — Horses  may  be  trephined  in  the  stanchnj^  po- 
sition witli  the  dental  halter  and  twitch.  When  teeth  are  to 
be  repulsed  or  when  any  chiseling-  of  the  bone  is  necessary 
the  recumbent  position  is  essential. 


U 

Fi:;.  i5i.\. 
Plain  Circular  Trephine. 

ist  Step — Clip,  shave  and  disinfect  the  space  intervening 
between  the  maxillary  spine  and  longitudinal  suture  of  the 
nasal  bones. 

2nd  Step — First  open  the  maxillary  sinus  about  one  inch 


l''i(,.   1511;. 

Assorted  Trephines  and  Tooth   Drills,   with  Brace. 

from  its  external  border  and  one  inch  from  the  anterior  ex- 
tremity. l)Ut  vary  in  the  antro-posterior  direction  according 
to  tooth  to  be  repulsed. 

3rd  Step — Make  a  T-shaped  incision  through  the  skin 
with  the  base  of  the  T  pointing  to  the  median  line  of  the 
head. 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY 


235 


4th  Step — Dissect  the  muscle  and  connective  tissue  from 
the  bone  and  arrest  the  hemorrhage. 

5th  Step — Cut  a  circular  ring  in  the  periosteum  slightly 
larger  than  the  diameter  of  the  trephine  to  prevent  tearing 
it  beyond  the  area  of  the  circle. 

6th  Step — Remove  the  skull  plate  with  the  three-fourths 
inch  trephine. 

7th  Step — If  a  tooth  is  to  be  repulsed,  enlarge  the  open- 


FiG.  152. 
Surgical   Areas  of  the   Sinuses. 

A,  A.     Maxillary  sinuses. 

B,  B.     Frontal  sinuses. 

ing  toward  the  median  line  of  the  head  with  chisel  and 
mallet,  so  that  the  punch  can  be  placed  on  a  straight  line 
with  the  tooth. 

8th  Step — (See  repulsion  of  teeth,  page  161). 

9th  Step — Open  the  skull  with  the  one-inch  trephine,  at  a 
point  4  to  5  centimeters  obliquely  downward  and  inward 
from  the  nasal  canthus  .     (See  Fig.  151.) 

loth  Step — Break  down  the  thin,  bony  septa   with  the 


236  AXI.MAI.    I)K\TIS'rR^'. 

Ihigcrs  so  as  to  freely  drain  the  frontal  sinus  into  the  maxil- 
lary sinus  and  nasal  cavity. 

nth  Step — Empty  and  irrigate  the  sinuses  in  the  stand- 
ing position  and  wad  the  openings  with  oakum  or  cotton. 

1 2th  Step — Suture  the  transverse  incision  of  the  T-shaped 
wound,  leaving  the  longitudinal  one  for  wadding  and  drain- 
age. 

After-care — Irrigate  with  3  per  cent  zinc  sulphate  solu- 
tion daily.  Prevent  food  from  entering  the  cavity  by  wad- 
ding the  tooth  cavity. 

Note — The  two  openings  above  referred  to  are  the  only 
ones  necessary  to  drain  the  sinuses  of  the  horse's  head. 
Openings  higher  up  along  the  frontal  sinus  serve  no  useful 
purpose.  The  important  feature  of  the  operation  is  to  drain 
the  sinuses  into  the  nasal  cavity  by  breaking  down  the 
bony  septa.  Unless  there  is  free  flow  from  the  upper  opening 
to  the  nostrils  the  trephining  operation  for  nasal  catarrh  is 
a  useless  procedure. 

CHRONIC  PERFORATION  OF  THE  SKULL. 

Definition — Under  this  head  we  include  the  openings  of 
the  skull  covering  the  facial  sinuses  or  nasal  cavities,  that 
persist  after  the  regenerative  process  has  ceased. 

Etiology — The  chronic  or  peristent  perforations  of  the 
skull  of  horses  follow  large  surgical  openings  necessary  to 
remove  nasal  tumors,  severe  contusions  of  the  skin  compli- 
cated with  comminuted  fractures  of  the  skull  plate,  attended 
with  sloughing  of  the  injured  area,  and  circular  trephine 
openings  followed  by  necrosis  of  the  surrounding  bone.  The 
sequel  is  most  liable  to  occur  in  old  horses  from  the  dimin- 
ished nutrition  of  the  bone  tissue  and  periosteum.  It  is 
seldom  seen  in  young  animals,  except  in  accidental  perfora- 
tion of  large  dimensions,  accompanied  with  loss  of  a  large 
area    of    common    integument.      Surgical    perforations,    al- 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


237 


though  quite  large,  will  always  heal  eventually  in  the  young 
horse  but  may  threaten  to  become  permanent  in  horses  past 
the  age  of  eighteen  years.  The  most  aggravated  forms  occur 
from  comminuted  fractures. 


Fjg.   153. 
Prof.    Edw.    Merillat's    Cperation    for    Closing    Chronic    Skull    Pcrforatio:-:^. 

A.  3rd  step  of  operation. 

I,  J.     "Melon  slice"  resection  of  the  skin.     See  description. 

B.  4th  step  of  operation.     See  description. 

C.  6th  step  of  operation.     See   description. 

Treatment — Large  perforations  accompanied  with    loss 
of  considerable  skin  may  be  incurable,  but  when  the  orifice 


?38  ANIMAL  1)KXTISTR\. 

IS  of  nomin.'il  dimensions  its  closure  is  effected  by  the  fol- 
lowing operative  intervention  : 

ist  Step — Secure  the  subject  in  the  lateral  recumbent 
position  without  anaesthesia. 

2nd  Step — Shave  the  hair  from  the  surgical  area  and  dis- 
infect with  mercuric  chloride  solution   1-500. 

3rd  Step — (hig.  153A.)  Make  a  "melon-slice"  resection  of 
the  skin,  extending  above  and  below  the  orifice,  so  as  to 
include  the  orifice  within  its  widest  portion. 

4th  Step — (Fig.  153B.)  Make  a  longitudinal  incision  (Fig. 
153B.  3.  3.)  through  the  skin  on  each  side  of  and  about  one 
inch  from  the  orifice,  extending  the  entire  length  of  the  re- 
sected  skin. 

5th  Step — Loosen  from  the  bone  all  of  the  skin  between 
the  longitudinal  incisions. 

6th  Step — (Fig.  153C.  5.)  Suture  the  "melon-slice" 
wound  with  interrupted  stitches,  bringing  the  raw  edges  into 
'perfect  apposition. 

7th  Step — Protect  the  whole  area  with  a  clay  dressing. 

After-care — Alaintain  perfect  protection  during  eight  days 
and  then  remove  the  sutures.  Apply  astringent  lotions  to 
the  gaping  longitudinal  wounds  (Fig.  153C.  4.  4.)  which  will 
heal  by  granulations. 

APPLICATION  OF  GUTTA  PERCHA  PLUGS. 

An  artificial  filling  for  the  vacant  alveolar  cavity  subse- 
quent to  the  extraction  of  r.iolars  is  indicated  when  the 
cavity  refuses  to  close  and  thereby  admits  food  into  the 
nasal  cavities  or  sinuses,  in  chronic  dento-nasal  fistula  and 
in  wadding  a  recently  made  tooth  cavity  that  cannot  receive 
daily  attention. 

The  filling  suitable  for  this  purpose  is  a  gutta  percha 
mixture  known  to  the  human  dentist  as  "temporary  stop- 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY  239 

ping."  It  is  hard  at  the  temperature  of  the  body  but  readily 
becomes  pliable  with  heat. 

Modus  Operandi — Soften  a  liberal  amount  of  the  filling 
in  hot  water  and  roll  it  into  an  egg-shaped  mass,  larger  than 
the  cavity  to  be  filled  ;  then,  with  the  aid  of  a  speculum  to 
open  the  mouth,  force  the  mass  into  the  cavity  to  mold  it 
to  the  proper  shape  and  dimensions.  Then  remove  it  and 
trim  of¥  the  superfluous  portion,  re-heat  and  re-adjust  to  the 
cavity,  leaving  its  exposed  end  beneath  the  table  level  of 
the  arcade. 

The  gutta  percha  plugs  should  reach  beyond  the  alveolar 
margin,  but  not  to  the  bottom  of  the  alveolar  cavity,  and 
to  prevent  disturbance  from  mastication  the  opposing  crown 
should  be  removed  with  the  claw-cutter.     (Fig.  loo.) 

When  applied  as  temporary  filling  it  should  be  removed 
after  five  or  six  days  to  clean  the  cavity  of  accumulated 
secretions,  and  then  be  readjusted  for  one  week  more,  at 
which  time  a  tooth  cavity  is  usually  safely  filled. 

CRIBBING  AND  WIND-SUCKING. 

Definition — Cribbing  and  wind-sucking  are  identical,  the 
latter  being  an  aggravated  form  of  the  former.  Cribbing 
may  be  defined  as  a  pertinacious  habit  of  the  horse,  charac- 
terized by  attempts  to  ingest  air,  while  wind-sucking  may  be 
defined  as  the  same  habit  in  which  the  attempt  is  successful. 

Etiology — The  actual  cause  of  cribbing  is  yet  to  be  satis- 
factorily demonstrated.  Idleness  and  the  empty  manger  are 
circumstances  generally  accepted  as  favoring  the  acquire- 
ment of  the  habit.  Nervousness,  gastric  indigestion  and  ob- 
scure neuroses,  are  also  mentioned  among  the  possible  etio- 
logical factors.  These  assertions  are  based  only  upon  specu- 
lation, and  are  doubted  most  by  those  who  have  had  the 
widest   range   of  observation.     It  may,   however,   be   safely 


240 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY 


Stated  that  llic  habil  is  one  of  domestication,  a  stable  habit 
or  pastime  having-  its  origin  in  some  unknown  cause. 

Symptoms — Grasping  an  object  with  the  teeth,  contrac- 
ting the  inferior  cervical  muscles,  and  uttering-  the  character- 
istic grunt  consecutively,  is  the  clinical  picture  of  tlie  typical 
cribber.  Some  subjects  follow  this  phenomena  by  the  de- 
glutition of  a  considerable  quantity  of  air  at  each  attempt, 
until  marked  tympany  of  the  abdomen  becomes  apparent. 
Others  again  succeed  in  the  deglutition  without  grasping  an 
object  with  the  teeth. 


Fu;.   1 53 A. 
The   Mouth   of  a   Young  Cribber. 

Treatment — The  application  of  a  wide  leather  strap 
tightly  around  the  throat  will  prevent  the  ingestion  of  air 
and  diminish  in  number  the  attempts  at  cribbing.  If  the 
strap  is  equii)ped  with  tacks  that  will  prick  the  throat  when 
the  attempt  is  made  the  cril)l)ing  will  cease  while  the  strap 
is  in  place.  A  second  method  consists  of  removing  from  the 
stall  all  ol)jects  that  can  be  grasped  with  the  teeth. 

The  surgical  intervention  once  recommended,  consisting 
of  a  myotomy  of  the  sterno-maxillary  muscle  in  the  upper 
third  of  the  cer\-ical  region,  has  become  obsolete  through 
the  revelation  of  its  uselessness  as  a  permanent  remedy. 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY.  241 

The  pertinacity  of  the  cribbing  habit  was  demonstrated 

by  Mr.  A ,  of  Des  Plaines,  111.,  in  the  case  of  a  large 

Shetland  pony  that  acquired  the  habit  at  the  age  of  three 
years.  This  pony  was  confined  in  a  polished  hardwood  cage 
w^ith  the  walls  inclined  at  an  angle  of  forty-five  degrees  from 
above  downwards  and  outwards,  for  three  years,  during 
which  time  special  care  was  taken  to  prevent  any  contact 
with  objects  that  could  be  touched  with  the  teeth.  At  the 
end  of  three  years  it  was  experimentally  placed  into  a  stall 
with  a  manger.  In  less  than  ten  seconds  the  cribbing  begun 
and  continued  until  returned  to  the  hardwood  cage. 

HABITUAL  PTYALISM. 

Synonym — Slobbering. 

Definition — A  habit  of  carriage  horses  characterized  by 
an  excessive  flow  of  saliva  from  the  mouth  while  driving. 

Etiology — Habitual  ptyalism  of  carriage  horses  is  caused 
by  the  abnormal  curbing  of  the  neck  in  horses  inclined  to 
"pull"  heavily  upon  the  reins.  The  position  of  the  head  as- 
sumed under  such  circumstances  prevents  the  free  degluti- 
tion of  the  saliva  secreted,  which  in  the  "pulling  horse"  is 
alwa3^s  excessive.  Besides,  the  mind  of  the  "pulling"  car- 
riage horse  is  so  occupied  wMth  the  bit  that  no  deglutition 
is  attempted. 

Ptyalism  is  also  caused  by  sensitiveness  of  the  mouth, 
wounds,  bit  gnathitis,  and  other  forms  of  stomatitis,  but 
these  causes  "constitute  an  entirely  different  entity  than  that 
referred  to  in  this  paragraph. 

Symptoms — An  excessive  flow  of  saliva  while  driving  in 
the  absence  of  any  lesion  of  the  mouth  determines  a  case  of 
habitual  ptyalism.  The  secretion  is  churned  into  a  stringy 
froth,  and  is  blown  by  the  wind  over  the  harness,  horse,  car- 
riage and  even  the  coachman.  There  is  also  a  tendency  to- 
wards "champing"  the  bit  when  the  reins  are  relaxed. 


242  ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 

Treatment — In  the  treatment  of  ptyalism  of  carriage 
horses,  the  first  requisite  is  to  remove  all  dental  irregulari- 
ties that  would  tend  to  provoke  a  flow  of  saliva  by  irritating 
the  buccal  surface.  The  front  molars  must  especially  be 
well  rounded.  Wounds  of  the  interdental  space  must  be 
healed  and  wolf  teeth  extracted.  The  attention  must  then 
be  directed  to  the  bitting.  The  bridoon  is  removed  and 
the  head  is  checked  with  an  overdraw  passing  beneath  the 
chin.  The  reins  are  placed  in  the  "cheek"  or  "half-cheek" 
loop  of  the  curb  bit :  or,  if  the  horse  cannot  be  managed  thus, 
a  rubber  cover  is  placed  over  the  l)it  and  the  rein  attached 
to  the  middle  or  lower  bar.     The  bridle  is  fitted  neatly  so  as 


Fin,  154. 
The  Best  Rit  for  a  Side  Pulling  Light  Harness  Horse. 

to  bring  the  bit  to  a  comfortable  position  near  the  inferior 
molars.  "Dropping  the  bit"  a  habit  of  coachmen  to  gain 
advantage  of  a  "pulling"  horse  must  be  avoided.  And  finally, 
by  patient  "schooling,"  the  horse  must  be  taught  to  drive 
with  a  "light  line." 

SIDE  REINING. 

Definition — A  habit  of  driving  horses  consisting  of  con- 
stant inclination  to  carry  the  head  to  one  side  of  the  median 
line  of  the  body. 

Etiology — The  habit  of  side  reining  is  due  to  an  ingenious 
attempt  to  take  advantage  of  the  reinsman  by  placing  the 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


243 


head  in  a  more  advantageous  position  for  leverage.  Such 
animals  often  have  serious  lesions  of  the  jaws,  but  these  are 
effects  rather  than  causes  of  the  habit.  The  habit  is  often 
acquired  by  driving  an  ambitious,  prompt  horse  with  a 
"loafer." 

The  horse  that  drives  on  but  one  line  without  pulling 
heavily  and  shifts  gradually  to  one  side  of  the  street  belongs 
to  an  entirelv  different  class.     In  this  incident  the  cause  is 


Fk;.  155- 


Fic.  156. 

The  suitable  bit  to  equip  witli  the 

flexible  rubber  hose.     See 

description  below. 


Fig.  157. 

Tongue   Lolling  Bits. 

A.  Port  bit. 

B.  Spoon  bit. 

C.  Combined  snaffie  and  overcheck  bit. 

always  due  to  some  defect  in  the  locomotory  apparatus. 
Spavin  or  other  slight  painful  condition  of  the  hind  extremity 
is  the  usual  cause  of  this  defect. 

Treatment — The  side  reining  horse  must  first  be  treated 
for  defects  of  the  teeth  and  lesions  of  the  interdental  space. 


244  ANIMAL    I)l-:N"riS'lRV. 

The  first  molars  must  be  well  rounded  to  prevent  buccal 
wounds.  The  bit  is  then  kept  on  a  straig-ht  line  with  the  jaws 
by  means  of  washers  fastened  inside  the  rings.  A  com- 
fortable check  is  used,  and  the  horse  is  driven  only  with  one 
well  mated  in  promptness. 

HABITUAL  PROTRUSION  OF  THE  TONGUE. 

Synonym — Tongue  lolling. 

Definition — The  habit  of  extending  the  end  of  the  tongue 
from  the  commissure  of  the  mouth  while  driving:. 

Etiology — The  habit  may  be  first  acquired  in  an  attempt 
to  protect  an  al^-asion  of  the  mouth  from  further  injury,  but 
its  continuation  is  due  to  the  relief  to  the  respirations.  When 
the  tongue  is  dropped  from  the  fauces  the  lumen  of  the 
pharynx  is  increased  and  the  respirations  are  facilitated  suf- 
ficiently to  induce  a  continuation  of  the  habit.  Paralysis 
of  the  tongue,  in  which  retraction  is  impossible,  is  entirely 
another  condition,  occurring  as  a  result  of  progressive  bul- 
bar paralysis — a  fatal  disease. 

Treatment — Dental  irregularities  must  be  corrected  and 
the  head  while  driving  must  be  elevated  with  the  overdraw 
check  to  bring  the  air  passages  toward  a  straight  line.  The 
mouth  may  be  closed  with  a  nose  band  attached  to  the  bridle. 
Attaching  the  check  bit  to  the  main  bit  by  means  of  a  flexible 
rubber  hose,  will  frequently  prevent  the  habit. 

When  these  measures  fail,  amputation  of  the  tongue  is 
the  only  recourse. 

OPERATION  OF  AMPUTATION  OF  THE  TONGUE. 

Restraint — Lateral  recumbent  position  under  chloroform 
anaesthesia. 

ist  Step — i\Lake  a  circular  incision,  convexity  forward, 
from  the  center  of  one  border  to  the  center  of  the  opposite, 
so  as  to  make  one-half  of  a  dove-tail  flap. 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY.  245 

2nd  Step — Turn  the  tongue  upward  to  expose  the  lower 
surface,  and  by  a  similar  incision  complete  the  inferior  half  of 
the  dove-tail. 

3rd  Step — Close  the  wound  with  interrupted  sutures. 

After  Care — Feed  on  soft  diet  and  remove  sutures  in  eight 
days.  Amputation  of  the  tongue  produces  a  temporary  in- 
convenience in  the  prehension  of  liquids  but  is  otherwise  a 
harmless  operation.  The  above  method  leaves  a  flat  ex- 
tremity similar  to  that  of  a  normal  tongue. 

BIT-LUGGING. 

Definition — A  fault  or  habit  of  coach,  light-harness  and 
saddle  horses,  consisting  of  a  constant  or  periodical  tendency 
to  pull  heavily  upon  the  bit. 

Etiology — Dental  irregularities,  while  never  the  primary 
cause  of  the  habit,  irritate  the  seat  of  the  bit  and  render  its 
cure  impossible,  by  aggravating  the  animal's  temper. 

The  whip,  reinsman  or  equestrian  recognizes  three  dis- 
tinct classes  of  bit-luggers.  The  first  is  the  young  horse 
that  lugs  from  failure  to  understand  the  nature  of  the 
complicated  bitting  riggings  applied  for  the  first  time;  the 
second  class  comprises  the  mature  horse  that  has  developed 
the  habit  from  improper  training;  and  the  third  class  is  the 
lugger  by  nature  that  will  "pull  to  the  end  of  the  road"  in 
spite  of  the  punishment  inflicted  by  severe  bits. 

Complications — Bit  gnathitis  from  severe  pressure  and 
lacerations  of  the  buccal  surface  opposite  the  first  and  second 
superior  molars  from  friction  of  the  cheek  against  the  sharp 
enamel  points  are  certain  to  result  in  the  lugging  horse,  and 
in  turn  these  injuries,  which  are  frequently  of  no  small  pro- 
portions, are  prone  to  augment  a  bad  disposition. 

Treatment — The  treatment  of  bit-lugging  belongs  more 
to  the  domain  of  that  part  of  horse  training  known  as  "bit- 
ting" or  "mouthing"  a  horse  than  that  of  dentistry.     The 


246 


ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 


latter  is,  liowcvcr,  an  essential  feature  of  the  cure.  The 
proficient  teacher  of  tlie  horse  of  (luality  will  always  demand 
that  the  anterior  extremities  of  the  molar  arcades  be  rid  of 
all  projections  that  may  irritate  the  buccal  surfaces,  as  a 
prerequisite  to  the  development  of  the  tactile  sense  of  the 
seat  of  the  bit.  The  dental  operation  for  this  purpose  con- 
sists of  trimming-  and  filing  the  anterior  molars  smooth  and 
round  with  the  angular  cutter  and  file.  The  horse  must,  in 
addition,  be   n^adc  to  become  gradually  accustomed  to  the 


Fig.  158.  Fig.  159. 

I5it.s  for  Confirmed  Luggers. 

A.  J.  I.  C.  Iiit. 

B.  California  cnrl),  and  port. 

complicated  riggings.  In  the  coach  and  saddle  horse  the 
dumb-jockey  is  indispensalde,  to  develop  the  sensibility  of 
the  mouth.  It  should  be  equipped  with  a  soft  bit  one  to  one 
and  a  half  inches  in  diameter  to  develop  the  tactile  sense 
over  as  large  an  area  as  possible,  and  the  elastic  reins  should 
be  made  tighter  from  day  to  day  as  the  horse  becomes  more 
and  more  accustomed  to  its  mechanism.  Among  the  best 
coachmen  it  is  the  custom  to  e(|uip  the  dumb-jockey  with  a 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  247 

straight  and  snaffle  bit  on  alternate  days.  The  Hght  harness 
horse  is  trained  to  the  bit  by  jogging  in  the  breaking  cart 
with  the  simplest  possible  riggings  and  all  forcible  restraint 
is  avoided,  the  aim  being  to  drive  the  youngster  vi^ith  a 
''light  hand"  and  teach  it  to  respond  to  the  slightest  touch 
instead  of  pulling  heavily  upon  the  bit. 

The  habitual  confirmed  lugger  that  has  formed  the  habit 
from  the  faulty  first  lessons  may  be  improved  by  handling 
in  the  same  manner,  and  in  addition  careful  attention  must 
be  given  to  the  w^ounds  of  the  mouth,  by  attending  to  the 
teeth  and  application  of  bits  that  will  control  the  horse  and 
at  the  same  time  inflict  no  further  injury.  If  the  jaw  is  sore, 
for  example,  the  covered  port  bit  may  be  serviceable  by 
protecting  the  wounded  part  and  transferring  the  punish- 
ment to  the  palate,  while  if  the  palate  is  sore  the  straight 
curb  may  be  applied,  and  the  lines  attached  to  the  lower  bar, 
the  ol)ject  point  being  to  prevent  the  unnecessary  aggrava- 
tion of  the  horse's  disposition.  In  the  light  harness  horse 
habitual  lugging  may  be  palliated  considerably  by  proper 
over-checking.  The  higher  the  horse  is  checked  the  easier 
it  will  be  to  control.  The  chin-overdraw  is  probably  the 
best  rigging  for  this  purpose,  owing  to  the  fact  that  the 
mouth  is  kept  closed,  and  that  there  is  no  over-check  bit  to 
irritate  the  interdental  space.  In  this  connection  it  must, 
however,  be  understood  that  what  will  answer  for  one  horse 
will  prove  useless  for  another,  and  vice  versa. 

The  confirmed  lugger  of  the  third  class  is  incurable  ex- 
cept by  giving  plenty  of  hard  work  to  lower  its  spirit,  which 
in  many  cases  may  impair  the  animal's  health  before  the 
habit  is  abandoned.  In  such  animals  more  than  the  others 
the  anterior  molars  must  be  free  from  points  to  mutilate  the 
soft  structures.  Beveling  the  first  inferior  molars  from  the 
gingival  margin  backward  over  the  crown  to  the  posterior 
border  of  the  table  has  often  been  practiced  for  the  purpose 


248  ANIMAL    DENTISTRY. 

of  preventing  the  bit  from  lodging  against  the  teeth,  or  to 
prevent  grasping  the  bit  between  them,  but  this  operation  is 
never  eiifectual  in  palliating  the  lugging  habit.  In  the  young 
horse  it  is  harmful  in  that  the  sensitive  dentinal  substance 
is  thus  exposed  to  the  surface.  Extraction  of  the  first  in- 
ferior molar  is  likewise  ineffectual. 

The  veterinarian's  full  duty  ends  when  all  sharp  points 
are  removed  from  the  molars,  and  when  appropriate  bits 
have  been  recommended. 

FACIAL  PARALYSIS. 

Synonyms— Bell's  paralysis.  Paralysis  of  the  lips.  Par- 
alysis of  the  seventh  cranial  nerve. 

Definition — A  partial  or  complete  unilateral  motor  par- 
alysis of  the  muscles  controlled  by  the  seventh  cranial  nerve. 

Etiology — Facial  paralysis  is  caused  by  injuries  to  the 
mastoid  region  where  the  seventh  nerve  leaves  the  cranial 
cavity.  The  contusion  is  sustained  by  hanging  in  the  halter 
in  the  recumbent  position,  striking  the  head  to  the  floor 
during  surgical  restraint  or  in  the  struggles  of  painful  dis- 
eases, or  from  blows. 

Symptoms — The  upper  lip  is  drawn  to  the  opposite  side, 
the  corner  of  the  lower  lip  is  dropped  so  as  to  show  its 
mucous  membrane,  the  nostril  draws  inward  during  inspira- 
tion and  in  the  severe  case  food  will  accumulate  in  the  check 
from  paralysis  of  the  buccinator.  When  the  paralysis  is  par- 
tial these  symptoms  are  less  pronounced.  Bilateral  facial 
paralysis  occurs  occasionally  when  both  sides  of  the  head 
are  contused  simultaneously  from  the  above  causes.  In  such 
cases  the  symptoms  presented  are  total  inability  to  move 
either  lip,  difficulty  to  retain  food  between  the  teeth  and 
audible  inspirations  from  vapidity  of  the  nostrils. 

Differential  Diagnosis — Facial  paralysis  of  this  variety  is 
recognized  from  that  of  central  origin  by  the  sensibility  of 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY. 


249 


the  paralyzed  region  determined  by  pricking-  the  parts  with 
a  pin. 

Treatment — Removal  of  the  cause,  liniments,  blister  and 
massage  along  the  course  of  the  seventh  nerve  will  hasten 
the  recovery.  The  return  of  motion  to  the  parts  usually 
occurs  in  from  six  weeks  to  three  months.  If  the  injury  was 
severe  enough  to  destroy  the  continuity  of  the  axis  cylinders 
of  the  nerve  the  paralysis  may  continue  through  life. 


Fig.  i6o. 
Facial    Paralvsis,   Right    Side. 


LACERATIONS  OF  THE  LIPS. 

Injuries  to  the  lips  are  of  considerable  import  in  the  horse, 
owing  to  their  prehensile  and  tactile  functions,  and  because 
of  the  unsightliness  of  a  permanent  division  of  their  con- 
tinuity. 

Etiology — Contact  with  sharp  objects.  Falls  on  hard 
pavement.     Dog  bites. 

Treatment — The  labial  wound,  which  includes  division 
of  the  border  of  the  lip,  requires  scrupulous  attention  in 
order  to  prevent  a  permanent  defect.     Perfect  disinfection 


250  ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 

l)y  prolonged  irrimalioti  with  weak  antiseptic  solution  is  the 

Hrst  necessary  stej).     'I'hc  wound   is  fn-sl   brought  together 

with  mattress  or  button  suture  to  immobili/cc  the  edges,  and 

then  closed  neatly  with  interrupted  stitches.     A  thick  coat  • 

ing  of  collodion  will  still  further  hold  the  parts  in  apposition 

and  serve  as  a  protection  against  injur\-  and  infection.     The 

patient  iiuist  be  fed  only  upon  gruel,  and  tied  on  the  pillar 

rein  for  at  least  six  days. 

RANULA. 

Definition — A  cystic  tumor,  belonging  to  the  class  of  re- 
tention cysts,  located  under  the  free  extremity  of  the  tongue. 

Susceptible  Animals — Dog,  cat,  ox  and  man.  Rare  in  the 
horse. 

Etiology — Ranula  is  generally  supposed  to  be  caused  by 
obstruction  of  one  of  the  ducts  of  the  sublingual  salivary 
gland. 

Diagnosis — Disturbed  prehension  and  mastication ;  pal- 
pation and  inspection. 

Treatment — Ranula  is  an  obstinate  disease  and  will  yield 
to  no  treatment  except  total  resection  of  the  entire  cyst  wall. 
Evacuation  of  the  contents  and  injections  of  irritants,  iodine, 
ammonia,  silver  nitrate,  etc.,  is  never  a  lasting  success. 

ACTINOMYCOSIS  OF  THE  TONGUE. 

(See  i)ages  218-19.) 

FOREIGN  BODIES  IN  THE  TONGUE. 

Pins,  needles,  tacks,  spicula  of  wood,  bones  or  iron  fre- 
quently become  lodged  deeply  into  the  substance  of  the 
tongue  near  its  base.  The  condition  is  manifested  by  dis- 
turbed mastication,  ptyalism,  rejection  of  partially  masti- 
cated food  and  disinclination  to  eat  freely.  The  penetration 
is  usually  well  under  the  base  of  the  tongue  at  a  location 
that  defies  detection  Ijy  an  ordinary  palpation  or  inspection 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY.  •  251 

of  the  mouth.  With  the  aid  of  a  mouth  specukmi  palpation 
of  the  base  of  the  tongue  will  reveal  a  hard,  painful  area  in 
the  center  of  which  the  penetrating  body  will  be  found  pro- 
truding. The  treatment  consists  of  removal  of  the  foreign 
body  and  free  incision  across  the  infected  area,  followed  by 
mild  astringent  irrigations,  alum,  borax,  sodium  chloride,  or 

boric  acid  solutions. 

FROST  BITES. 

Frozen  tongues  are  common  in  horses  having  the  habit 
of  protruding  the  tongue  while  driving  (tongue  lolling),  and 
not  infrequently  the  injury  thus  sustained  will  cause  necrosis 
of  the  entire  free  extremity.  Radical  treatment  must  be  de- 
ferred until  the  extent  of  the  frozen  area  becomes  apparent 
by  the  appearance  of  a  well  defined  line  of  demarcation. 
Amputation  will  hasten  recovery. 

LACERATIONS  OF  THE  CHEEKS. 

Lacerations  of  the  cheek  that  mutilate  or  divide  the 
buccinator  muscle  transversely  may  prove  a  permanent  detri- 
ment to  animals  by  destroying  its  necessary  elasticity  and 
contractility.  Constant  packing  of  food  in  the  cheek  or  re- 
striction to  the  movements  of  the  jaw  (cicatricial  trismus) 
are  frequent  results.  It  is  therefore  evident  that  these 
wounds  should  receive  intelligent  and  circumspect  attention. 
Careful  disinfection,  ingenious  closure  and  drainage,  and 
immobilization  of  the  parts  should  not  be  omitted  in  the 
treatment. 

TUMORS  OF  THE  LIPS  AND  CHEEKS. 

Carcinomata,  sarcomata,  actinomycosis,  warts  and  re- 
tention cysts  are  the  classes  of  tumors  usually  found  on 
these  organs.  The  growths  should  be  promptly  removed 
when  first  observed  to  prevent  their  diffusion  over  too  great 
^n  area.     Pedunculated  warts  are  removed  by  surgical  abla- 


252  ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 

tion  or  lij^ation  and  tlic  diffused  ones  by  the  use  of  caustics. 
Copper  sulphate  and  arsenic  are  specific  ag^ainst  warts.  Quit- 
man recommends  the  external  and  internal  use  of  Fowler's 
solution  as  a  spccil'ic  remedy  at^'ainsl  warts  coverinj^  a  larc^e 
surface.  Retention  cysts  usually  yield  to  simple  evacuation 
of  their  contents  hy  a  free  incision.  Widely  spread  carcino- 
mata  and  sarcomata  arc  incurable. 

LACERATION  OF  THE  TONGUE. 

Etiology — Traction  on  the  tone^ue  in  examining  the 
mouth  or  administration  of  medicines  is  the  common  cause 
of  laceration  of  the  fraenum.  The  body  of  the  organ  sustains 
injury  from  the  tie  chain,  iron  work  of  the  stall  or  by  being 
bitten  by  animals  in  tlie  neighboring  stall.  Sudden  fright 
while  sleeping  with  the  tongue  between  the  incisor  teeth  is 
the  probable  cause  of  the  mysterious  lacerations  of  the 
tongues  of  horses. 

Symptoms — Ptyalism,  disinclination  to  eat  and  drink, 
champing  of  the  jaws,  rejection  of  food  and  in  the  later  stages 
of  severe  lacerations,  fetor,  are  the  chief  symptoms. 

Treatment — Reposition  and  retention  of  the  lacerations 
with  sutures  and  amputation.  (Operation  of  amputation  see 
page  244.) 

Prognosis — The  tongue  is  well  nourished  and  will  heal 
well  when  sutured  if  the  blood  supply  is  not  too  greatly  dis- 
turbed. In  the  horse  amputation  of  the  free  extremity  causes 
only  tem])OTary  inconvenience  in  the  prehension  of  liquids. 
In  the  ox,  dog  and  cat  loss  of  the  free  extremity  is  a  per- 
manent impediment  in  the  prehension  of  food. 

INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  TONGUE. 

Synonym — Glossitis. 

Etiology — Ingestion  of  irritants,  administration  of  irri- 
tating medicaments,  bit  bruises,  wounds  from  dental  irregu- 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY.  253 

larities,  pin  punctures,  etc.  Specific  inflammations  of  the 
tongue  are  seen  in  actinomycosis  and  infectious  stomatitis. 

Symptoms — Same  as  lacerations  of  the  tongue. 

Treatment — Removal  of  the  cause;  soft  food;  mild  as- 
tringent irrigations;  alum,  borax,  boric  acid. 

Prognosis — Seldom  serious.  Necrosis  of  the  extremity 
may  require  amputation. 

ABERRATIONS  OF  THE  FUNCTION  OF  MASTICA- 
TION. 

The  common  aberrations  of  mastication  in  animals  are 
quidding,  ejecting,  bolting,  and  wadding  of  food. 

QUIDDING. 

Definition — Quidding  refers  to  that  aberration  in  which 
the  food  is  rolled  and  shifted  about  in  the  mouth  and  then 
finally  ejected  into  the  manger. 

Etiology  and  Symptoms — This  abnormality  occurs  in 
three  distinct  forms:  (i)  From  dental  irregularities  which 
produce  pain  when  attempt  is  made  to  masticate,  or  from 
some  lesion  of  the  temporo-maxillary  articulation.  In  these 
cases  the  food  is  not  comminuted,  but  is  simply  rolled  about 
in  the  mouth  and  ejected  in  large  masses  soaked  with  saliva. 
(2)  From  senile  dissolution  of  the  molar  arcades.  The 
molars  will  be  found  irregular,  short  in  the  crowns  and  fre- 
quently loosened  in  their  cavities,  and  the  food  will  be 
ejected,  as  in  the  former  cases,  because  the  molars  are  no 
longer  capable  of  performing  their  function.  (3)  From  a 
neurosis  affecting  the  nerves  of  deglutition.  In  this  variety 
of  quidders  the  food  is  finely  comminuted  before  being 
ejected  into  the  manger.  The  condition  is  seen  most  fre- 
quently in  horses  past  the  age  of  fifteen  years. 

Treatment — The  quidding  horse  must  be  treated  ac- 
cording to  the  cause.     Sometimes  the  extraction  of  a  tooth, 


254  ANIMAL    DHXTISTRY. 

the  trimming-  of  an  elongation,  or  the  filint^  of  enamel  points 
whieh  wound  the  mucous  meml)rane,  will  promptly  cure  the 
aberration.  In  cases  of  senile  orii^in,  loose  teeth  are  ex- 
tracted and  the  elongations  are  carefull}'  hlunted  without 
further  disturhing  their  implantations.  The  food  should  be 
of  a  character  recjuiring  but  little  mastication.  Ground  corn, 
ground  oats,  cut  ha}-  and  bran,  given  dr}\  is  the  most  suit- 
able diet  to  i)r()long  the  life  of  an  old  animal  so  afflicted. 

In  the  third  fcMMii  the  aberration  may  often  be  overcome 
by  withholding  hay  from  the  food  allowance.  For  reasons 
difficult  to  explain,  hay  is  the  foodstuff  usually  c|uid(lcd. 
Corn,  oats,  barley  and  bran  are  seldom  ejected  in  this  form. 
In  addition,  the  molars  must  be  well  examined  to  exclude 
them  as  the  cause  of  the  disorder. 

EJECTING   FOOD. 

The  ejection  of  food,  partially  or  completely  masticated, 
occurs  as  a  symptom  of  (|uidding,  from  causes  enumerated 
above,  and  from  abnormalities  of  the  mouth  or  teeth  that 
produce  pain  when  mastication  is  attempted.  A  split  molar 
tooth  that  wounds  the  buccal  surface,  carcinoma  of  the  pal- 
ate, sarcoma  of  the  jaw,  foreign  bodies  in  the  tong-ue  or 
cheek,  and  a  decaying  molar,  are  among  the  lesions  often 
responsible  for  this  condition. 

BOLTING  FOOD. 

Bolting  food  refers  to  the  aberration  of  eating  rapidly 
and  without  suf^cient  comminution.  It  is  more  of  a  habit 
than  a  disease,  and  is  often  acquired  by  allowing  animals  to 
become  too  hungry.  The  nose-bag  method  of  feeding  is 
prolific  in  the  production  of  the  habit,  which  is  still  further 
augmented  by  dental  disorders  that  induce  animals  to  avoid 
persistent  mastication.  The  habit  causes  indigestion  and 
colics,  and  results  in  the  loss  of  no  small  amounts  of  food, 
that  is   found   unmasticatcd   in   the   feces.       The    treatment 


ANIMAL  DENTISTRY.  255 

consists  of  first  attending  to  the  molar  teeth,  and  of  feeding 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  effectually  prevent  rapid  eating. 
Nose-bag  feeding  should  be  discontinued.  When  horses  are 
fed  in  harness  the  grain. should  be  spread  upon  the  ground 
over  a  large  surface.  In  the  stable  the  feed  box  is  taken 
out  and  the  grain  is  spread  over  the  entire  surface  of  the 
hay  manger  or  upon  the  floor  along  the  front  of  the  stall. 
Rapid  eating  under  these  circumstances  is  impossible  and 
the  habit  will  soon  be  abandoned.  Specially  appointed  feed- 
ing troughs  which  allow  the  food  to  flow  slowly  outward  as 
it  is  eaten  are  commendable. 

WADDING  OF  FOOD  IN  THE  CHEEK. 

The  accumulation  of  food  between  the  cheek  and  molar 
arcades  is  a  common  aberration.  It  is  caused  frequently  by 
a  serious  dental  disorder — fissured  molar,  loss  of  the  outer 
half  of  a  molar  crown,  elongation  that  wounds  the  cheek, 
etc.  The  most  obstinate  form  of  this  disorder,  however,  is 
due  to  a  defect  in  the  buccinator  muscle.  The  defect  may 
be  either  a  partial  or  complete  paralysis,  which  may  be 
either  co-existent  with  a  general  facial  paralysis  (see  facial 
paralysis,  page  248)  or  which  may  exist  as  a  circumscribed 
paralysis  of  the  muscle  itself.  The  cause  of  the  paralysis, 
when  circumscribed,  is  usually  a  trauma  of  the  buccinator 
branch  of  the  seventh  nerve  as  it  passes  superficially  over 
the  masseter.  A  lacerated  wound  over  the  masseter,  that 
divides  the  continuity  of  the  branches  of  the  nerve,  is  always 
liable  to  be  followed  by  this  condition. 

Impactions  of  food  in  the  cheek  are  also  caused  by 
wounds  of  the  buccinator  muscle  which  interfere  with  its 
normal  contractility.  A  trivial  surgical  or  accidental  wound 
may  disturb  the  function  of  this  highly  motile  muscle  suf- 
ficiently to  interfere  with  its  function  throughout  the  re- 
mainder of  the  animal's  life.     And  finally  cicatrices  of  the 


256 


ANIMAL   DENTISTRY. 


l)iiccal    mucosa    which    destroy    its    scnsibihty    arc    sufficient 
injury  to  1)C  followed  by  this  aberration  of  mastication. 

The  treatment  must  vary  with  the  cause.  When  due  to 
a  dental  disorder  a  cure  is  at  hand  by  correcting  the  defect. 
The  cicatricial  forms  are  incurable,  but  can  be  benefited 
somewhat  by  thoroughly  beveling  the  buccal  border  of  the 
superior  molar  arcade.  The  paralytic  form  is  either  curable 
or  incurable,  according  to  the  severity  and  duration  of  the 
injur}'. 


INDEX 


A  BERRATIOXS  of  the  Function  of 

-^*-  Mastication     25."'. 

Abnormal  Eruption  of  the  Teeth.  .  .  .17.'! 

Accidents     160 

Acquired    Elongation    i,f    Molars.  ...  18r> 

Actinomycosis     218,   251 

Age — Determination   of 71,  113 

Ago — Birth    to    One    Year 74 

Age — One     to     Two     and     Ouo-IIalf 

Years    75 

Age — Two     and     One-half     to     Five 

Y'ears    80 

Age — Five   to    Eight    Years    S'.i 

Age — Nine    to    Old    Age 8!) 

Age — Twenty  to  Twenty-five  Yefsrs..li;5 

Age— Old    Age li:: 

Age — Routine  of  Examination  to  De- 
termine a   Horse's    11.'. 

Alveolar   Cavity    4S 

Alveolar  Margin — Kcctding  cf 7."! 

Alveolar  Periostitis 152 

Alveolar    Plate — Removal    of    Exter- 
nal       107 

Alveolo-Dental    Periosteum    l!l,      2  1 

Alveolo-Xasal   Fistula    100 

Amputation  of  the  Tongue 244 

Animal  Dentistry — Scope  of 15 

Anomalies — Artificial     110 

Anomalies     of     the     Teeth — Natural 

and    Artificial     117 

Anorexia    157 

Aphtha — Contagious     227 

Aphthous   Stomatitis    227 

Apical    Foramen     4  7 

Application    of   Gutta    I'crcha    Plugs.  2:!8 

Arcades — Inferior     34,     35 

Arcades — Superior 3:5,     35 

Artificial   and   Natural    Anomalies   of 

the  Teeth    117 

Artificial    Anomalies    110 

BELI/S   Paralysis    245 
Beveling  of   the  Molars 182 

Beveling      of      Left      First      lufrrior 

Jlolar     100 

Beveling     of     Right     First     Inf(M'ior 

Molar   lO.s 

Bishoping    120    to    120 

Bites — Frost     251 

Bit    Contusions     214 

Bit   Gnathitis    214 

Bit   Lugging    245 

Bit   Sores    214 


Blood    Vessels    19 

Blunting      of      Left      First      Superior 

Molar     108 

Blunting     of     Right     First     Superior 

Molar 107 

Bodies    in    the    Mouth — Foreign 210 

Bolting   Food    254 

Brachygnathism    179 


r  V\NL\ES  .  .18.  51,  .54,  61,  64,  65.  127 
^-^      Canine     Teeth     of     the     Horse 

27,   28,   30,   175 

Carcinomata      251 

Carcinomata   of  the   Palate 217 

Caries     152,    172 

Caries  Dentium    172 

Catarrh — Ctironic         and         Primary 

Chronic   Nasal    231 

Catarrh — Persistency    of    166 

Catarrh — Secondary   Chronic  Nasal.. 231 

Champing    241 

Character   of    the    Food 119 

Cheeks — Lacerations    of    the 251 

Cheeks — The 130 

Cheeks — Tumors   of  the   Lips  and... 251 

Chin — Prominent     181 

Chin — Receding    170 

Chronic    Nasal    Catarrh    231 

Chronic  Nasal  Catarrh      Primary  and 

Secondary    231 

Chronic  Perforation  of  the  Skull.  .  .  .236 

Chronic    Rhinitis — T'nilateral    2."{1 

Chronic   Sinuses  of  Lower   .T;uv 106 

Cement    10,     22 

Central     Incisors     

.  .40,  51,  52,  54,  56,  00,  63,  64,      65 

Common  Enamel  Germ    47 

Complete   Denture  of  a    Horse 18 

Contagious  Aphtha    227 

Contagious  I'ustular   Stomatitis 227 

Contusions — Bit     214 

Corner    Incisors     

50,  51,  52,  54,  57.  01.  01.   65 

Cribbing     239 

Crowns — Polishing    the     120 

Crowns — Shortening   of    120 

Crusta    Petrosa    10,    22,     23 

Cupping  the  Incisor  Teeth    123 

Cups  of  the  Infundil3ula 118 

Cups — Renewal   of  the    120 

Cuticle    of    the    Enamel 22 

Cysts — Dental    177.  222 

Cysts — Retention     230.  251 


257 


258 


INDEX. 


DECAYEI*  Tooth  ir.li,  1712 
Docayod    Tooth — Kractmo    of...l(>i» 

DeRhitition    rneumonia    107 

Dental     Artery  —  IIemorrha>;e     from 

the    101 

Dental   Cysts   177.  2:22 

Dental  Diapnosis   i:5.'{ 

Dental    Kvohition    and    Ketrofression 

Applied  to  Determination  of  Age 

— Summary  of    74 

Dental    Follicle 48 

Dental    Fistula    IGG.  224 

Dental    Halter    148 

Dental   Instruments — Their  Uses .  .  .  .  1 .'?." 

Dental  Papilla    47 

Dental  Teratomata    222 

Dental    Tissues — Arrangement    of    in 

Incisor 24 

Dentigerous  Cysts   222 

Dentinal   Substance    47 

Dentine    10.   20,     2."i 

Dentitis     l.-)2 

Denuding     210 

Destruction    of   Temporary   Tooth    liy 

the  Permanent   60 

Determination    of   Age    74 

Determination    of    Age — Routine      of 

Examination   to    113 

Diagnosis  —  Dental    l.".."'. 

Digastricus   Muscle — The    131 

Diseases  and  Irregularities  of  Teeth.  1.52 
Dislocation  of  the  Tomporo-^Iaxillary 

Articulation    213 

Divisions  of  a  Tooth 19 

Dog— Denture  of.... 30.  40.  41.  42.     43 

Dog  Speculums    174.   17;") 

Dog — Temporary   Teeth    of    .")4 

Dogs — Ulcerative  Gingivitis  of 220 

EJECTING    Food     2.54 
Elongation  of  the  Molars — Ac- 
quired     183 

Elongation — Operation    of    Cutting.  .18G 

Elongations  of  the  Incisors 200 

Embryonic   Evolution    44 

Enamel     19,     21 

Enamel^CnticIe  of  the    22 

Enamel — Erosion   of   the    208 

Enamel  Germ — Common   47 

Enamel    Organ     47 

Enamel   Points    187 

Enamel  Points  of  Ilerbivora 187 

Erosion  of  the  Enamel 2(tS,  210 

Eruptions  of  the  Teeth    117 

Eruptions  of  the  Tooth — Abnormal ..  17.5 
Evolution    and    Retrogression    of    the 

Teeth    Tabulated    124.    12.5 

Evolution — Embryonic    44 

Evolution  of  Permanent  Teeth 5s 

Evolution   of   Temporary   Teeth 40 

Examination  of  the  Mouth    190 

{•Extraction  of  the  Canines  of  Horses.  172 
Extraction    of    the    IncisofS 171 


F.xl Taction  of  the  Teeth  of  Dogs.  .  .  .174 

Extraction    with    Forceps 159 

Eye    'I'eetli     202 

T^  ACIAL    Paralysis    245 

■*-         Facial     Sinuses — Purulent     Ac- 
cumulations   in     231 

Fang    47 

File — Flat  and  Rasp    137 

I'issuring  of  the  Molars   209 

Fistula — Alveolo-Xasal    166 

Fistula  —Dental     100.   224 

Fistulae— Mastoid    222 

Float-    The  Angular    1.36 

Float— The  Straight   130 

Floating  and   Filing    191 

Floating  and  Trimming  Molars 189 

Floating   the  Teeth   of  the   Ox 202 

I'loats   and   Files — Methcds  of  Using 

on    Molars     192 

Floats  and  Float  Blades   135.  130 

Follicle— Dental     48 

Food-Bolting     2.54 

Food — Character  of  the   119 

Food — Ejecting     254 

Food— Wadding  of  in  the  Cheek.... 225 

Foramen — Apical     47 

Foreign  Bodies   in  the  Month 210 

F'oreign   Bodies   in   the  Tongue 250 

Formulae    of    Temporary     and     Per- 
manent    Dentures     of     .\nimals 

00.     67 

Fracture   of   Decayed   Tooth 160 

Fracture  of  the  Interior  Maxilla.  .  .  .211 

Fracture  of  the  Teeth' 209 

Fractured  .Taw   214 

Fractures     of     the     Premnxilla     and 

Superior    Maxilla     213 

Frost    Bites 251 

Functions  of  the  Teeth    127 

GERM — Common  Enamel    47 
Gingivae     19 

Gingival    Cushions     45 

Gingivitis    of    Dogs — Ulcerative 229 

(Jleet- Nasal     231 

Glossiti-s     252 

Gnathitis— Bit     214 

Gutta      Porcha      Plugs — Applications 

of    2.38 

HABPriTAL      Protrusion      of      the 
Tongue 244 

Habitual    Ptyalism    241 

Hard    Palate— The    130 

Hard   Tissues    19 

llomorrhage  from  the  Dental  Artery.  101 

Hemorrhage — Palatine    100 

Horse — Complete  Denture  of 18 

Horse— Temporary  Teeth  of    49 

INCISOR   Nippers    143 
Incisor  Teeth  of  the  Ox.  .  .37.     51 


INDEX. 


259 


Incisor  Teeth — Sheddinpr  of 175 

Incisor  Teeth — Shortening 123,   206 

Incisor     Teeth — -Polishing,      Cupping 

and  Staining  the   123 

Incisors    IS,    127 

Incisors — Central     

49,  51,  54,  56,  60,  03.  64,      63 

Incisors — Corner    

50,  52,  54,  57,  61.  64,      65 

Incisors — Elongation    of 206 

Incisors — Extraction    of     171 

Incisors — Inferior    51 


.51, 


64 


Incisors — Intermediate 

Incisors — Lateral     

50,  51,  54,  56,  60,  64.     65 

Incisors — Permanent   of    Horse.  .27,     28 
Incisors — Permanent  of  Ruminants.  .    34 

Incisors — Temporary  of  Horse 50 

Infectious   Stomatitis    227 

Inferior    Arcades    34,     35 

Inferior   Incisors    51 

Inferior    Maxilla — Fracture   of    the.  .211 

Inferior  Maxillary   129 

Inferior  Molars 32,  33,  34,     39 

Inferior    Molar    of    Ox 38 

Inflammation  of  the  Tongue 252 

Infundibula— The         118 

Infundibula — Cups  of   the 118 

Infundilmlum     19.     21 

Inspection    of    the    Mouth 135 

Instruments — Dental — Their   Uses    ..135 

Intermediate   Incisors    51.     57 

Introduction    13 

Irregularities  and  Diseases  of  Teeth.  152 

T  AW — Fractured    214 

^      Jaw — Prominent     181 

Jaw — Receding     179 

T    ACERATIONS  of  the  Cheeks 251 

-'— '        Lacerations  of  the   Lips 249 

Lacerations  of  the  Tongue    252 

Lampas    230 

Lateral  Enamel  Projections 187 

Lateral  Incisors 

50,   51,   54,   56,   60,    64,   65 

Lips  and  Cheeks — Tumors  of  the... 251 

liips — Lacerations    of    the 249 

Lips — Paralysis   of   the    245 

Lolling — Tongue     244 

Lugging — Bit     245 

Lumpy    Jaw    218 

MARGINS  of  the  Teeth 20 
Masseter    Muscle — The    130 

Mastication — Mechanism    of 129 

Mastoid  Fistulae    222 

Maxillary — The    Inferior    127 

Maxillary — The  Superior    127 

Maxillo-Nasal   Notch    130 

Mechanism    of   IMastication 129 

Merillat's   (Prol.  Ed's)   Operation  for 
Closing    Chronic    Skull    I'erfora- 


tions    237 

Micro-Organisms    17;! 

Molar    Crown    Cutter    144 

Molar    Cutter — Angular    142 

Molar   Cutter — Or  Trimmer — Closed.  1. ".7 

Molar  Cutter — Open    13,s 

Molar  Extractor — Closed    Ill 

Molar   Extractor — Open    14 J 

Molar   Separator    140 

Molar — Fourth    54 

Molar — Natural   Cavities  of,...:...   23 

Molar    Teeth     176 

Molars    IS,   30,   127 

Molars — Acquired    Elongation    of.  ...1S5 

Molars — Fissuring   of   the 209 

Molars — Fourth  and   Fifth.. 62.   04,     65 

^lolars — Sixth    63,64,     65 

Molars — First,      Second     and     Third 

50,   54,   57,   61,   64,      65 

Molars — Inferior    32,    33,    34,      39 

Molars — Permanent    of    Ruminants..    30 

Molars — Projections  on    184 

Molars — Splitting    of    the 209 

Molars — Superior    30,    31,     32 

Molars — Trimming       and        Floating 

189,    191,    192 

Mouth — Inspection    of    the 135 

Mouth — Palpation   of    the    133 

Mouth — Sarcomata    of    the 217 

Mouth   Speculum    144,   145,   146 

Muscle — The   Digastricus 131 

Muscle — The  Mas.seter    130 

Muscle — The  Pterygoid  Externus  ...131 
Muscle — The  Pterygoid   Internus    ...131 

Muscle — The    Sterno    Maxillaris 131 

Muscle — The   Stylo   Maxillaris    131 

Muscle — The  Temporalis    131 


N 


ASAL  Catarrh — Chronic,  Primary 
Chronic  and  Secondary  Chronic 


231 

Nasal    Gleet    231 

Natural    and   Artificial    Anomalies   of 

the  Teeth    117 

Neck     ■i" 

Necrosis   of   the   Teeth    of    Herbivora 

152,    154 

Nerve   and   Blood   Supply    of    Horses' 

Teeth     25 

Nerves   19 

Nippers — Incisor    143 

Nomenclature  of  the  Teeth 18 

ODONTOMATA     17S 
Opening   the   Skull    164 

Operation  of  Cutting  Elongations.  .  .186 
Operation    of    Trimming    and    Float- 
ing  Molars    ISO 

Osteo-Dentine   70 

Osteoma   of   the   Maxilla    176 

Osteomata  of   Superior   Maxilla 210 

Ox — Floating   Teeth    of    202 

Ox — Temporary  Teeth  of  51 


260 


INDEX. 


O7.ona     231 

"P  AI.ATR- Carcinomala    of    the... 217 

^       I'alalc — Tho    Hard    i:{(t 

I'alatine   Ilemorrliairt'    1<'><^ 

I'alpation  of  the  Mouth i:'.:{ 

I'apilla — Dental      47 

raralysis — Boll's,  Facial,  of  tho  Lips, 

of   the   Seventh   Cranial   Nerve.  .248 

Parrot    Mouth    .-.  .  170 

ParviffnatUism    182 

Perforation   of   the    Skull— Chronic.  .  230 

Pericementitis     152 

Peridentitis     l.")2 

Permanent     Incisor    Teeth    of    Horse 

27,     28 

Permanent  Incisors  of  Uuminants.  .  .  .34 
Permanent  Molars  of  Ruminants  ...  37 
Permanent   Teeth — Evolution   of    ...    58 

Permanent  Teeth — Number  of 05 

Permanent   Tooth — IJotrogression   of.    OS 

Persistency  of  Catarrh   100 

IMs — Temporary    Teeth    of    52 

Polishing   the   Crowns    120 

Polishing  Incisor  Teeth    123 

Poll    Strap    149 

Predisposing  Causes    173 

Preface   0.     10 

Prehension    128 

Premaxilla — Fractures  of  the 213 

Premaxilla — The    129 

Primary  Chronic  Nasal  Catarrh   .  .  .  .231 

Prognathism    181 

Projections    on     the     First     Superior 

and    Sixth    Inferior   ]MoIars 184 

Projections  on  Superior  Corners  .  .  .  .185 

Prominent  Chin    181 

Prominent  .Taw    181 

Protrusion  of  the  Tongue — Habitual. 244 
Pterygoid  Externus  Muscle — The.  .  .  .131 
Pterygoid    Internus    Muscle — The...  131 

Ptyalism — Habitual     241 

Pulling     241 

Pulp    19,  24,      47 

Pulpitis    152,    153 

Purulent    Accumniulatinns    in    Facial 

Sinuses     231 

Pustular   Stomatitis — Contagious.  .  .  .227 

/^UIDDING      253 

RANULA  250 
Receding    Chin    179 

Receding    .Taw    179 

Receding  of  Alveolar   Margin 71 

Reining — Side 242 

Remnant   Teeth    202 

Removal  of  External  Alveolar  Plato.  107 
Removal   of  Teeth   by   Si)lilting   witli 

Chisel .170 

Renewal  of  the  Cups 12(» 

Repulsion   of  Teeth   with    Punch    and 

Mallet       101 


Repulsion  of  the  Tooth    105 

Restraint     148 

Retention  Cysts 23it,  251 

Ri'trogression    and    Evolution    of    the 

Teeth  Tabulated    124,   125 

Retrogression      of      the      Permanent 

Teeth    68 

Retrogression   of  Temporary  Teeth .  .    68 

Rhinitis — TTnilateral    Chronic    231 

Routine    of    Examination    of    Horse's 

Mouth    to   Determine   the  Age.  .113 

SARCOMATA      251 
Sarcomata    of   the    Mouth 217 

Scissor   Mouiu    182 

Search    Light    134 

Secondary   Chronic   Nasal   Catarrh. .  .231 

Septicaemia     167 

Seventh      Cranial      Nerve — Paralysis 

of    248 

Sharp    Teeth     187 

Shedding   of   the    Incisor   Teeth 175 

Sheep — Temporary  Teeth  of   56 

Shortening   of   the   Crowns    120 

Shortening  of  the   Incisor  Teeth....  123 

Side    Reining    242 

Sinuses — Chronic  of   Lower  .Taw....  100 
Skull — Chronic   Perforation   of   the.. 2.36 

Skull— Opening    the    104 

Skull— Trephining  the    102 

Skull — Trephining  for  Nasal  Catarrh2.33 

Slobbering 241 

Soft  Tissues   19 

Sores— Bit     214 

Splitting  of  the  Molars    209 

Staining  the  Incisor  Teeth    123 

Sterno   Maxillaris   Muscle — The    ....131 

Stomatitis — Aphthous     227 

Stomatitis — Contagious    Pustular.  .  .  .227 

Stomatitis — Infectious    227 

Stomatiti-s — Traumatic    226 

Structures  of   the  Tooth    19 

Stylo    Maxillaris— The    131 

Summary  of  Dental  Evolution  and 
Retrogression  Applied  to  Deter- 
mination of  Age    74 

Superior   Maxilla — Fractures  of   the. 213 

Superior    Arcades     33,     35 

Superior   Maxillary    129 

Superior  Molars   30,  31,     32 

Superior    .Molar    Arcade   of  Ox 38 

Superior    Molar   Table   of  Ox    39 

Surfaces  of   the  Teeth    19 

Supernumerary   Tooth    2i)2,   201 

Supplementary    Teeth     202 

Susceptible   Animals    173 

TABLE  of  Superior  Molar  of  Ox..    39 
Tabulated     Evolution    and     Re- 
trogression  of  Tci'th 124.    125 

Tartar    208 

Teeth  —Abnormal    Eruptions  of   the.  .175 
Teeth — Anomalies  of  the  Natural  and 
Artificial    117 


INDEX. 


261 


Teeth — Canine   of  Horse    ..27,   28,   175 

Teeth — Decayed    152,    172 

Teeth — Diseases     and     Irregularities 

of    1.52 

Teeth — Eruption  of  the 117 

Teeth — Evolution    and    Retrogression 

Tabulated 124,  125 

Teeth — Evolution  of  the    44 

Teeth — Evolution  of  the  Temporary.   49 

Teeth — Eye     202 

Teeth — Fracture  of  the 209 

Teeth — Function   of   the 127 

Teeth  —  Incisor       of       Horse     (Per- 
manent )    27,     28 

Teeth  of  Ruminants 36,  37,  36,     39 

Teeth  of  the  Dog  .  .  .39,  40,  41,  42,     43 

Teeth — Margins  of  the  20 

Teeth— Molar    18,   30,   127,   176 

Teeth — Nerve      and      Blood      Supply 

( Horses' )     25 

Teeth — Nomenclature   of  the    18 

Teeth — Number   of   Permanent 65 

Teeth — Number   of  Temporary 65 

Teeth — Repulsion  of   161 

Teeth — Retrogression    of    Permanent 

68 

Teeth — Retrogression   of  Temporary.    68 

Teeth — Structures   of   the    19 

Teeth — Supernumerary    202,    204 

Teeth — Textures  of  the 118 

Teeth — Ulceration  of    172 

Teeth — Wolf 202 

Temporalis  Muscle — The    131 

Temporary  Teeth — Evolution  of 49 

Temporary  Teeth — Number  of    65 

Temporary   Teeth — Retrogression   of.    68 
Temporo-Maxillary  Articulation — Dis- 
location of 21.! 

Teratomata — Dental    222 

Texture  of  the  Teeth    118 

Tie    Ropes     149 


Tissue — Interdental  Cancellated   ....    48 

Tissue — Ossifled   Connective    48 

Tissues — Hard    19 

Tissues — Soft   19 

Tongue     130 

Tongue — Foreign    Bodies    in    250 

Tongue — Habitual  Protrusion  of  the. 247 

Tongue — Inflammation  of  the   252 

Tongue — Laceration    of    252 

Tongue  Lolling 244 

Tongue — Operation  of  Amputation  of 

the    ,  ...  .244 

Tooth — Divisions  oi:   a    19 

Tooth   Chisel — The    144 

Tooth — Repulsion  of  the    165 

Tooth— Self  Extraction  of  the    153 

Tooth   Tumors    176 

Traumatic   Stomatitis   226 

Trephining  the   Skull    162 

Trephining      the      Skull      for      Xa.sal 

Catarrh    233 

Trimming  and  Floating  Molars.  ...  189 
Tumefaction  on  Superior  Maxillary  .216 
Tumors  of  the  Lips  and  Cheeks.  ..  .251 
Tumors  of  the  Mucous   Membrane  of 

the  Mouth   230 

I  TLCER.VTIONS    of    Teeth 172 

^-^      Ulcerative  Gingivitis  of  Dogs.. 220 

Undershot    181 

Unilateral  Chronic  Rhinitis 231 

WADDING  of  Food   in   the  Check. 255 
Warts     251 

Wear  from  Mastication    10 

Williams'   Operation    167 

Wind  Sucking 239 

Wolf  Teeth    202 

Wolf  Tooth   Forceps    140 

Wolf  Tooth    Separator    140 

Wooden    Tongue    219 


Vv'ebster  i-amiiy  Library  of  Veterinary  Medicine 
Cummings  School  of  Veterinary  Medicine  at 
Tufts  University 
200  V\/estboro  Road 
North  Grafton,  MA  01536 


•Ui-I     lll'l: 


!Uilillllllllil!il!lilUlii 


■  ;ni!iiiii! 
liiiiiliil 


